london tour 4 tage

The Yogi Wanderer

Yoga & Wellness Travel

Join my newsletter

Sign up to my monthly newsletter and get a FREE RELAXATION / YOGANIDRA AUDIO FILE! You can unsubscribe at any time.

in Travel · UK

The Definitive 4 Day London Itinerary for 1st Timers

This post may contain affiliate links. I may earn a small commission if you click through them, at no extra cost to you.

Visiting London for the first time? Wondering what to see in London in 4 days? I’ve got you covered!

This 4 day London itinerary covers everything you’ll need to make the most of your time in the British capital.

From a day by day list of activities to tips on how to get around the city, the best places to eat and where to stay, this London 4 day itinerary will be your best travel companion.

London is definitely my kind of city: hectic, multicultural, creative, and always reinventing itself. It is posh and sophisticated but also rough and untamed.

I visited it twice already, and counting!

The first time I stayed for a whole week and hit all the top attractions, museums and parks. This was more than 10 years ago, but I still remember it fondly.

Last time, I spent 4 days in London with my boyfriend. It was his first time in the UK, so I ended up seeing many of the same places, but also explored some new neighborhoods and exciting areas.

The result is this 4 days in London itinerary to help you plan and enjoy your own trip to the UK’s capital.

• 17 Best Day Trips from London
• Top 15 Stunning Yoga Retreats in the UK

Table of Contents

The ultimate 4 day London itinerary for 1st timers

How to get around london.

First things first: how to get around London without getting overwhelmed.

London has a great public transportation network and you can virtually get anywhere in the city with the tube or bus.

The easiest and cheapest way to travel on London public transport is by using your contactless debit or credit card and pay as you go.

Just swipe your bank card at the ticket barriers when entering and exiting the tube and when entering the bus, and you’re good to go.

Contactless payment is very convenient – no more waiting in line to buy a ticket – and makes you feel like a local.

At the end of each day, your card is charged for the total cost of the journeys you made that day. The fare is the same as Oyster cards, as well as the daily cap.

Contactless cards also have a 7-day cap from Monday to Sunday.

If you don’t have a contactless card or if your bank charges overseas transaction fees, your next best option is to buy an Oyster card.

A Visitor Oyster card has an activation fee of £5 and can be ordered online here and delivered to your home address before you travel to London.

If you decide to buy your Oyster card in London you’ll have to pay a £5 deposit, which you’ll get back in cash once you cancel the card.

If you’re staying in central London for 6 days or more, buying a 7-day Travelcard that you can load on your standard Oyster card (this option is not available for Visitor Oyster cards) can save you money.

The 7-day Travelcard costs exactly the same as the contactless card 7-day cap, but it can start any day of the week, while the contactless 7-day cap runs only from Monday to Sunday.

Ok, now that we’ve covered the basics of the London public transportation system, we’re ready to start exploring.

Pro tip: If you’re planning to visit two or more London attractions, you may also want to get the London Explorer Pass to save yourself time and money.

Day 1 – Hit the top attractions

Tower of london.

Start your four days in London by visiting the city’s top attractions.

Among them, the Tower of London stands out as one of its most important monuments.

Dating back to the 11 th century, the tower, which is actually a fortress, is a great introduction to the history of London.

It had many uses over the years, from palace and royal residence to prison and site of execution.

Today it’s home to the Crown Jewels and the Royal Armories, and one of the most visited sights in London.

Arrive early to beat the crowds and watch the unlocking of the tower ceremony that takes place daily at 9 am.

You can buy your ticket to the Tower of London here.

Tower Bridge

Just a short walk from the Tower of London, Tower Bridge is an iconic symbol of London and another must-see.

Built between 1886 and 1894, this beautiful bascule bridge over the River Thames is one of the most famous bridges in the world.

The Tower Bridge Exhibition tells the story of the building, including a visit to the old steam engines now replaced by electricity.

The upper glass floor walkways offer panoramic views of London, as well as a unique perspective of the bridge and the river below.

Cross the Thames and stroll along London’s South Bank for the best views over Tower Bridge and the city’s skyline.

Besides gorgeous views, South Bank offers a great peek into London’s fascinating street life.

It’s one of my favorite walks in London.

I love wandering through its food markets and book fairs, admiring the street art, watching the street performers, and just taking in the vibrant energy of the area.

Millennium Bridge

Inaugurated in 2000, the modern Millennium Bridge is the youngest of the many bridges crossing the River Thames.

Made of steel, this beautiful pedestrian bridge connects the Tate Modern, in the South Bank, with the City and St. Paul’s Cathedral, in the North Bank.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

The remarkable St. Paul’s Cathedral is one of the most impressive buildings in London.

It is the most important and largest church in the city and the second-largest in the country.

Its dome dominates London’s skyline and is one of the highest in the world.

Over more than 300 years, this majestic cathedral has witnessed many state funerals and royal celebrations, including the wedding of Prince Charles and Princess Diana.

St. Paul’s Cathedral’s outstanding interior and the 360-degree views of London make it well worthy of a visit.

You can buy discounted fast-track entrance tickets to St. Paul’s Cathedral here.

Back to the South Bank, enjoy a ride on the London Eye for some breathtaking views of the city.

The London Eye is the tallest Ferris wheel in Europe and the second-highest viewpoint in London, after The Shard, so you’re bound to have an exciting and fun experience.

It’s also the most popular paid tourist attraction in the whole of the UK.

Make sure to buy your tickets in advance to avoid waiting in line.

Book your ticket to the London Eye here and avoid the lines.

Houses of Parliament

The sight of the magnificent Palace of Westminster, home to the Houses of Parliament and the famous Big Ben, is impossible to miss from the South Bank.

This sumptuous neo-Gothic style palace is one of the best-known buildings in the world and the epicenter of British political life.

It is the seat of the House of Commons and the House of Lords, the two chambers of the Parliament of the UK.

But its most famous feature is the clock tower commonly named Big Ben.

At the time of my visit, the tower was undergoing maintenance work (which was expected to continue until 2020) and was completely covered except for its clock.

But don’t let this put you off visiting this spectacular palace.

You can take a tour of the building or, even better, watch a debate when the Parliament is in session (free of charge).

Book your tour of the Parliament here or check the Parliamentary calendar here .

Westminster Abbey

End your first day in London in another one of its most prominent landmarks.

Westminster Abbey was one of the places that impressed me the most on my first visit to London.

As beautiful as rich in history, the church has a special aura about it.

It is the place of coronation for all British monarchs since the 11 th century. The Coronation Chair, dating back to the early 14 th century, can be seen here at the Lady Chapel.

Most monarchs until the 18 th century were also buried at Westminster Abbey, as well as many national figures, from writers like Geoffrey Chaucer and Charles Dickens, to scientists such as Isaac Newton, Charles Darwin, and, more recently, Stephen Hawking.

Over the centuries, 16 royal weddings were celebrated here, the last of which was in 2011 between Prince William and Kate Middleton.

You can buy your Westminster Abbey entrance ticket here (with free cancellation).

Day 2 – Royal and political London

Changing of the guard at buckingham palace.

On your second day in London, wake up early and get ready for a quintessential London experience.

The Changing of the Guard takes place every Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Sunday at 11 am, on the forecourt of Buckingham Palace, the official residence of Queen Elizabeth II.

The ceremony, which includes Foot Guards in red uniforms and bearskin hats and an accompanying musical band, lasts around 45 minutes and is very popular.

Arrive at least 30 minutes earlier to get a good spot.

I need to be honest here and tell you I found the whole thing a little too long and boring, and Buckingham Palace a bit underwhelming, at least from the outside (I didn’t visit inside).

But this is one of those experiences you need to have at least once.

The Changing of the Guard is free of charge.

You can get a ticket to the Queen’s Gallery at Buckingham Palace here.

St James’s Park

Next, have a pause at St James’s Park, one of the four royal parks that spread around Buckingham Palace.

St James’s Park is one of the loveliest London parks.

Its lake is home to ducks, geese, swans, and even some pelicans.

Rent a deckchair and enjoy the wildlife and the views of the city.

Please be a conscientious traveler and do not feed the wildlife. This may seem like a harmless thing to do, but it can really make the birds sick and destroy their ecosystem. So please, don’t.

No 10 Downing Street

From St James’s Park, head to Whitehall.

This street connecting Parliament Square to Trafalgar Square is considered UK’s political center.

Many government departments and ministries have their address here, as well as several memorials and monuments.

Make sure to take a peek at No 10 Downing Street, the official and famous residence of the British prime minister, and at the next door Cabinet Office.

Trafalgar Square

Trafalgar Square is London’s most important and vibrant square.

It’s also the best spot in London for people and city watching.

I love sitting here after a walk through the city and watching the world go by.

The square is a meeting point for street performers, sports celebrations, political protests, festivals, and Christmas and New Year’s Eve festivities.

So there’s always something going on here any time of the year.

The National Gallery, one of the biggest and most visited art museums in the world, is also located here.

I visited it during my first time in London and can’t recommend it enough.

Admission is free for all London public museums, including the National Gallery.

Covent Garden

The colorful Covent Garden district is a hub for shopping, food, and entertainment.

It’s easy to spend hours here browsing the high-end boutiques and independent stores, eating and drinking in one of the many restaurants, pubs, and bars, or seeing a musical in London .

If you’re short on time head to the lively Covent Garden Piazza, the central square where street performers vie for attention and an old fruit and vegetable market is now a popular shopping center and craft fair.

Chinatown and Soho

End your day with dinner in Chinatown and a drink in the bohemian Soho.

London’s Chinatown may not be as big as New York’s or overwhelming as Bangkok’s, but it’s certainly worthy of a visit.

Soho is London’s most famous nightlife district. The area is home to world-class restaurants and some of the best bars and clubs in the UK capital.

Piccadilly Circus

Before going to bed, make one last stop at the nearby Piccadilly Circus to admire the famous video and neon signs.

During the day, Piccadilly is one of London’s busiest squares and traffic junctions.

After dark, its proximity to many theatres and nightlife areas makes it a popular gathering point for people of all ages.

I must confess Piccadilly Circus impressed me much more when I first visited London in 2005.

Over the years, the number of advertising signs has been decreasing due to higher rental prices, and now only one building has them.

Nevertheless, it remains an emblematic and mandatory place to visit in London.

Day 3 – Go shopping

Notting hill.

The third of your 4 days London itinerary starts at one of the most picturesque and Instagrammable London neighborhoods: Notting Hill.

The cute pastel houses, trendy shops, and charming pubs look like straight out of a movie set. And in fact, they were, more than once.

Spend your morning strolling along Portobello Road, shopping at the famous Portobello Market, and visiting famous film locations, like the romantic bookstore that inspired the 1999 movie with Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant.

Saturday is when Portobello Market is at its best, but Notting Hill is lovely any day of the week.

The district is also famous for the iconic Electric Cinema, the oldest cinema in the UK, and Notting Hill Carnival, which takes place annually on the last weekend of August.

If you’d like to explore Notting Hill like a local and learn more about the area, I highly recommend taking a walking tour with a local expert guide .

Oxford Street

In the afternoon, head to Oxford Street for some more shopping.

With more than 300 stores, Oxford Street is London’s major shopping avenue and the busiest commercial street in all of Europe.

You can’t leave London without visiting this shopper’s paradise and spending some money here.

End your shopping excursion at Liberty, the most beautiful department store in London.

Located in a Tudor-style house, the upscale Liberty is, however, as charming as expensive.

But the unique atmosphere and gorgeous goods are worth the visit itself.

I’m not much of a shopper myself but I loved this place so much and couldn’t resist buying a thing or two from the beauty section as a souvenir.

Day 4 – Explore the East End

Columbia road.

Dedicate your last day in London to exploring the alternative and multicultural East End.

Start at the picturesque Columbia Road and admire the Victorian buildings and the bright wooden shop facades.

On Sundays, the popular Columbia Road Flower Market takes over this otherwise quiet street with hundreds of plants, colors, perfumes, and a lot of fun.

Brick Lane is famous for its curry houses and multiethnic immigrant population that settled here over the centuries.

Also known as Banglatown, it is the center of the Bangladeshi community in London, which explains the many curry restaurants you can find along this street sometimes called the UK’s curry capital.

Brick Lane Great Mosque, which was over time a church, a Methodist chapel, and a synagogue, is another testimony of this multicultural past.

Today, Brick Lane attracts also a young and artsy crowd, with its street art, galleries, nightclubs, and vintage markets every Sunday.

From the birthplace of the hipster subculture in the early 2000s to the creative and tech hub that is today, Shoreditch surely remains one of the coolest London neighborhoods.

Street art and art galleries, quirky bars and trendy restaurants, independent boutiques and vintage shops, tech startups and popular nightclubs, co-working spaces, and the world’s first pop-up mall (the Boxpark) make up the vibrant atmosphere of Shoreditch.

This was my first time in Shoreditch and I absolutely loved it.

I definitely recommend spending some time here shopping, eating, drinking, or just enjoying the district’s unique energy.

Another great option is to join a street art walking tour of Shoreditch and Brick Lane to see some Banksy murals, among many other artists.

Tate Modern

End your day at the Tate Modern, one of the largest and most popular modern art museums in the world.

Located in the South Bank, in a former power station, the Tate Modern has an impressive collection of more than 60 thousand art pieces, including works by Andy Warhol, Picasso, Matisse, or Salvador Dali.

The permanent collection is on constant rotation, meaning that even if you’re visiting for a second time like I was, you’ll always be surprised by something new.

The terrace on the top floor offers stunning panoramic views of London and is just one more reason to visit the museum.

Admission to the permanent exhibition and the viewing deck is free of charge.

If you have more time in London

Madame tussauds.

I know it’s cheesy, but I always have a lot of fun at Madame Tussauds wax museum.

I love taking pictures with all the celebrities and this time was particularly impressed with the Star Wars experience and the 4D movie.

Book your ticket here and skip the lines.

Regent’s Park

Right next to Madame Tussauds, Regent’s Park is a beautiful green area including the lovely Regent’s Canal, a central lake, sports pitches, Queen Mary’s Gardens, and an open-air theatre.

It’s also a great place to roll out your yoga mat and practice amidst nature.

Camden Town

Located in North London, Camden is a lively and captivating district whether day or night.

Camden Market is one of the top attractions here.

Take a day trip outside the city

Check out the best day trips from London here.

Recommended places to eat in London

So restaurant, soho.

We ate here on our first night in London with our friend Chiaki, a Japanese journalist based in the UK’s capital.

According to her, So Restaurant is one of the best and most authentic Japanese restaurants in London.

I’m no specialist, but I can tell you everything was absolutely delicious.

And I even learned to eat sushi the proper way: with my hands and not with chopsticks.

Forge & Co, Shoreditch

This restaurant slash bar slash coworking space conquered us with its delicious food, friendly staff, and laid-back atmosphere.

We had the lunch menu and really loved the food and local feel.

This is the perfect place to take a peek into Shoreditch local life.

Borough Market, South Bank

Borough Market is the oldest and best food market in London.

From fresh fruit, vegetables, meat, and fish, to cheese, pastry, and street food from all over the world, this place is a foodie’s paradise.

The full market is open from Wednesday to Saturday, with Saturday being the busiest day. On Mondays and Tuesdays, only a limited market takes place.

Monohon Ramen, Old Street

This unpretentious ramen restaurant in the East End was another recommendation from our friend Chiaki.

She has been living in London for a year now and considers this to be the best ramen place in the city.

This was my first ramen experience, and I surely couldn’t have asked for a better start. I’ve had ramen again since then, but nothing that compares to the quality of the one I ate here.

Highly recommended!

Canela, Covent Garden

We found this place by chance and were pleasantly surprised.

Canela is a small and cozy Portuguese restaurant in the heart of Covent Garden.

They serve classic Portuguese dishes with a modern and sophisticated touch.

We had mushrooms filled with chorizo and fresh herbs topped with São Jorge (Azores) cheese, traditional smoked game sausage with fried quail eggs, and Canela’s classic salt cod, potato, egg, and salad.

As a Portuguese myself, I can guarantee you everything was just perfect!

Afternoon Tea

Afternoon tea is a quintessential London experience and you can’t possibly visit the British capital without indulging in this delicious treat.

You can go for high tea in almost every hotel and many restaurants and bakeries around the city. If you’re a vegan or vegetarian, there are also several great options for a vegan afternoon tea in London .

Where to stay in London

The east london hotel.

This stylish hotel located in Bethnal Green, within walking distance from trendy Shoreditch and just a short tube ride from central London, is perfect for those who want to stay close to all the action.

Recently inaugurated, The East London Hotel offers great value for money in one of London’s most vibrant areas.

Some rooms are on the small side, but you probably won’t spend much time inside anyway.

There’s also a restaurant and cocktail bar on-site.

Click here for more info and booking.

The Resident Soho

The Resident Soho is an affordable luxury boutique hotel situated in the heart of another exciting London district: Soho.

The hotel is also just a 2-minute walk from Oxford Street, the city’s main shopping artery.

Close to all the top attractions and to some of the best shops, restaurants, bars, and clubs in London, this 4-star hotel offers comfortable and spacious design rooms, with an en-suite bathroom and free wi-fi.

If you’re looking for smart luxury combined with a great location, look no further.

What to do in London for 4 days, where to eat, and where to stay – this detailed itinerary covers it all. Now all you need to do is pack your bags and go.

From my side, I promise it won’t take me another decade to get back to London!

More travel tips

Travel insurance.

SafetyWing – Travel insurance is very important and you should never leave home without it! I use and recommend SafetyWing travel medical insurance for travelers, remote workers, and nomads.

They cover overseas medical assistance in case of accident or illness, travel delay or interruption, lost checked luggage, emergency medical or political evacuation, natural disasters, and personal liability, at very competitive prices.

You can subscribe online here for a minimum of 5 days to a maximum of 364 days, or opt for a monthly subscription instead.

Cheap flights

Looking for the best airfare deals?  Skyscanner  is my favorite travel search engine for finding cheap flights around the world. They also offer  price tracking and alerts  to help you secure the best deals.

Accommodation

When it comes to accommodation,  Booking.com is the best site out there. From hotels to apartments, resorts, villas, B&B, and guest houses, it offers the best prices for accommodation all over the world. I book the majority of my stays through them.

Yoga Retreats

Looking for a yoga retreat near home or in an exotic destination?  BookYogaRetreats  offers the best yoga retreats, holidays, and courses around the world for all budgets and levels of experience.

GetYourGuide is my favorite platform for local tours, unique experiences, and skip-the-line tickets to attractions all around the world.

Klook  is another great resource for tours and activities, especially if you’re looking for things to do in Asia.

Car Rentals

Rentalcars.com  is a car rental search engine that compares the biggest brands in car hire and allows you to find the cheapest deals all around the world.

Have you been to London? What would you add to this 4 day London itinerary? Share in the comments section below!

• 3 Days in Lisbon: The Ultimate Lisbon Itinerary by a Local
• Paris 4 Day Itinerary for First-Timers
• Zagreb Itinerary: How to Spend 4 Days in Zagreb, Croatia
• Budapest 4 Day Itinerary for 1st Timers

If you like it, Pin it!

About Vanda

I'm a Portuguese award-winning travel journalist and certified yoga teacher born in the Azores but Lisboner at heart. After 10 years as an expat in Switzerland, I now travel the world as a digital nomad, with 27 countries and 5 continents under my belt and counting. I share yoga-friendly and wellness travel advice based on my own experience and knowledge as an international yoga teacher, hiking enthusiast, surfer wannabe, and savvy solo traveler.

join my newsletter

Sign up to my newsletter and get access to exclusive stories, tips, and advice, plus a FREE RELAXATION / YOGANIDRA AUDIO FILE!

I only send out my newsletter about once a month and you can unsubscribe at any time. See my privacy policy for more information on how I take care of your personal data.

Michelle says

January 19, 2019 at 10:33 am

These are such great suggestions thank you. I just returned from London and now wish I had found these suggestions before going, definitely feel I missed out and now I know for sure I did! Haven’t heard of South Bank, I can see through your pics why it’s one of your fav walks – would love to see it next time we go 🙂

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Let’s Connect

Looking for something.

London in 4 Days: The Perfect London Itinerary

Are you considering touring London in 4 days ? If you’re trying to plan a trip to London, then look no further! I have created an awesome 4 days London itinerary for your first-time visit.

Capital of the UK, London is over 1500 square-kilometres in area (900 sq. ml), and home to a cosmopolitan population of over nine-million people. More than the city of New York. 

Throughout its two-thousand plus years history , it has been ravaged by plagues, destroyed by fires and bombed-out. But has always risen bigger and better than before.

Now, a city for the 21st century, it has some of the most iconic landmarks in the world. Places to visit include the Houses of Parliament and Buckingham Palace . While more modern attractions include the London Eye , the Sealife London Aquarium and the Science Museum.

It’s over two-centuries ago that the English writer Samuel Johnson famously wrote, ‘When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life’ . For London’s city dwellers, a sentence as true today, as it was then. 

Read on, for a selection of the best places and attractions to visit , when you choose to tour London in 4 days .

In this breakdown we have tried to put together attractions that are reasonably close together. London has an excellent public transport infrastructure which includes The Underground (Tube), regular buses, hop-on hop-off open-top buses, taxis, Ubers – and even rickshaws.

Everyone works at their own pace, so pick out the number of attractions you feel you can comfortably cover each day. 

If you’re going to visit most of the destinations suggested in our 4 days London Itinerary, then you might want to consider purchasing the  London Pass . You will save money.

Table of Contents

London in 4 days: Day 1

Trafalgar Square

When you’re up and running to explore London in 4 days, Trafalgar Square is a pretty good place to start. For many the centre of London , the square boasts Nelson’s Column , magnificent bronze lions and colourful fountains. 

You will also find a café and public toilets. The square is famous as a meeting place for anything and everything that can be celebrated, especially seeing in the New Year.

Surrounding the square you will find galleries, museums and historic buildings . It is also well served by public transport with Charing Cross tube station on the square, and Leicester Square, Piccadilly Circus and Embankment tube stations all just a short walk away.

National Gallery, London

Who doesn’t like a freebie when they’re on holiday? When you’ve finished taking all those selfies in front of Nelson’s column and the fountains, you can cross the square and visit the National Gallery. 

No admission fee, just walk right in to view over 3,000 works of art from around the world.

The first pictures donated to the National Gallery came from financier John Julius Angerstein in 1823, followed in 1826 by the collection of Sir George Beaumont.

At the time they were displayed in Pall Mall, until the purpose built National Gallery was completed in 1838, on the edge of Trafalgar Square.

London has plenty of accommodation to suit all needs and budgets. You may choose one hotel or apartment to base yourselves for your 4 day stay in London. If are not sure where to stay read this post: Best areas to stay in London 

St. James’s Park

One of eight royal parks in London, St. James’s Park is just a pleasant 15 minute stroll from the National Gallery , or a 10 minute tube or bus ride. 

Covering an area of 57 acres, it encompasses Horse Guards Parade and the Mall . It is also surrounded by a number of attractions you would have on your to-visit list, including Whitehall, Buckingham Palace and Clarence House .

You can enjoy the flower borders with their riot of colourful plants. Watch the resident pelicans , whose ancestors were a gift from the Russian Ambassador to King Charles II almost 400 years ago, and enjoy a coffee in St. James’s Café.

You can also enjoy a lunch-break picnic in the park, while you watch the comings and goings around Buckingham Palace or the Mall.

Buckingham Palace

On the west side of St James’s Park, Buckingham Palace is nothing if not impressive. At 108 metres wide, 120 metres deep and 24 metres high , it has a total of 775 rooms. 

Of these, 19 are state rooms, 52 royal and guest bedrooms, 188 staff bedrooms, 92 offices and 78 bathrooms.

Being the London home of British royalty since 1837, today it is the home and administrative centre of the current monarch Queen Elizabeth II. 

You can arrange your visit to coincide with the Changing of the Guard . And during the summer, book a tour of the state rooms . Although it will use up a bit more time, it is something well worth considering.

The palace is open to visitors in July and August or on Saturdays . You can prebook , or get your tickets on the door but be warned, queues can be long.

Westminster Abbey

Another iconic London landmark, Westminster Abbey has seen the coronation of every British monarch since 1066. 

From the palace, a stroll down Cathedral Walk and up Victoria Street will have you at the abbey in around 15 minutes, or you can get the bus; or a taxi which will take around five minutes.

The first English church to be built Romanesque style, it was completed in 1060 , and consecrated in 1065. 

There are over 3,000 bodies buried under the abbey, including the remains of King Henry V , and all the Tudor kings and Queens except Henry VIII. Other notable remains in the abbey are Isaac Newton, Charles Dickens and Edward the Confessor.

Now a world heritage site , Westminster Abbey is open to the public from 9:30 am until 3:30 pm, Saturday 9.00am – 1.00pm (last entry), Sunday only open for services, and also offers daily services for those who wish to attend.

Westminster Abbey is one of the attractions on your  London Pass , so it will be free if you purchase the pass, or you can buy tickets in advance online .

Palace of Westminster

Just a three minute walk from the abbey, the Palace of Westminster sits on the north bank of the River Thames, and is the home of the British parliament made up of the House of Commons, and the House of Lords.

Built in 1016, the original Palace of Westminster was destroyed by fire in 1834, and work on rebuilding the palace as you see it today in Gothic Revival style , was completed in 1860. 

King Henry VIII was the last monarch to reside in the palace, although the building is still owned by the crown.

Of all Britain’s landmarks, Big Ben is probably the most famous . The tower that houses the clock and the bell, was renamed the Elizabeth tower in 2012, in honour of the Queen’s jubilee, having previously been called the Victoria tower, after Queen Victoria.

When the new Westminster Palace was being built, it was decided a new tower and clock were needed. Built in the early 1850s, the bell first pealed out across London in 1859 and has done, with a few exceptions, ever since. 

From Big Ben, a meander across Westminster Bridge and along the banks of the Thames past the Sealife Centre, will get you to the London Eye in around 10 minutes.

From the day it first started turning, the Millennium Wheel, or London Eye as it has universally become known, has been one of London’s most popular tourist attractions. 

Built to see in the new millennium, construction of the Eye was completed in 1999, and it carried its first fare-paying passengers on the 9th March 2000.

At 135m diameter , it is still the largest cantilevered Ferris wheel in the world , and has won 85 awards from national and international tourist organisations. 

The wheel has 32 pods. Travelling at a leisurely .5 mph, your trip takes around 30 minutes, and awards you some stunning views of the city and the River Thames, so be sure to take your camera.

>>> Get Your London Eye Fast-Track Tickets Here <<<

Covent Garden

After your trip on the London Eye, walking across Waterloo Bridge will have you in one of London’s trendiest areas in just 15 minutes.

After trading for over 500 years, Covent Garden, London’s primary wholesale fruit and vegetable market, closed its doors in 1974, and work began to turn it into one of the city’s biggest tourist areas and night-time venues.

Now a daytime and night-time magnet for London’s young, affluent fashionistas, fine diners and theatre goers, Covent Garden has something for everyone. It is home to the world’s latest designer labels, lifestyle brands and fashion lines.

You can enjoy an early breakfast, an evening of fine dining, or grab a burger to go, as you make your way to one of the many theatres in London’s West End. Daytime or night-time, a visit to Covent Garden should be on everyone’s itinerary.

Piccadilly Circus

Let’s continue with this 4 days London itinerary. After lunch in Covent Garden, a 10 minute stroll along Shaftesbury Avenue will see you in Piccadilly Circus.

Constructed in 1819, Piccadilly Circus is a large road junction and open space . The ‘circus’ in this case comes from the Latin meaning circle, and has spokes to take you down Regent Street, Piccadilly, Shaftesbury Avenue, The Haymarket, Coventry Street and Glasshouse Street.

Famous for its massive video displays, much like New York, the Memorial Fountain and the Statue of Eros , (which is actually the statue of Anteros), Piccadilly Circus is a popular visitor attraction, and a great place to grab a bite and watch London hustle and bustle its way through the day.

Oxford Street

Oxford Street, Europe’s busiest shopping street with over 300 shops is just a short walk, or three-minute tube ride from Piccadilly Circus. Walking, take the Regent Street exit off the Circus and you will stroll through into Oxford Street.

Since 2020, Oxford Street has been wholly pedestrianised , allowing its 500,000 daily visitors a better shopping and browsing experience. Stretching for over 1.5 miles, it includes 90 flagship stores, luxury hotels, and hundreds of restaurants and cafes within a five minute walk.

A shopaholic’s paradise, you will find all the major high street brands such as Primark, Gap, X and River Island, as well as famous department stores like John Lewis and Partners, House of Fraser, Selfridges and Marks and Spencer.

Why not make a day of it with afternoon tea in Scott & Banter or The Cumberland Hotel? Or dine Italian at Alto By San Carlo in Selfridges, or Japanese, at Aqua Kyoto in Regent Street. In Oxford Street there is something for everyone.

If you still have the energy, a short walk down Regent Street and Great Marlborough Street will find you in Soho. At just over a mile square in area, it is London’s equivalent of De Wallen, Amsterdam’s red light district , and just as popular with tourists.

Over the last four decades, much has been done to drive the sex trade out of the area, with a certain amount of success. 

Strolling through the narrow cobbled streets, you will still find the odd sex shop, massage parlour, or blue movie cinema standing alongside designer outlets and independent fashion boutiques with their quirky names. Check out Carnaby Street and Broadway.

Why not enjoy a meal on your way to the theatre? International is the name of the game in Soho and you can indulge in real Spanish tapas, quality French cuisine, gourmet Asian dim sum or Japanese sushi in the many and varied restaurants. 

Not only is a great place for dinner, here you will also find a ton of Cocktail bars, all sorts of pubs, clubs and nightlife entertainment

A visit to Soho really should be on the itinerary, even if it’s just to soak up the unique cosmopolitan atmosphere of the area.

London in 4 days: Day 2

Tower of London

Originally built by William the Conqueror circa the 1070s, the Tower of London was enlarged by Henry III during his reign (1216-72), and by Edward I (1272-1307). 

The Tower has survived a chequered existence. At one time a palace, a fortress, and a bloody prison where monarchs would imprison their rivals, it is one of London’s most visited attractions.

Today you can view the Crown Jewels. Explore the White Tower, the Chapel of St Peter ad Vincula, the Bloody Tower and the Medieval Palace. You will see the ravens, and be escorted by a Beefeater. 

You can learn of the blood curdling history of the Tower, and visit the Torture at the Tower exhibition, the Royal Mint exhibition and browse the Fusiliers Museum.

Buy tickets in advance online , skip the long line and head straight for the ticket exchange counter. The queue for buying tickets at the gate can get extremely long!

There are several great  tours dedicated to the Tower of London , and if you bought the  London Pass , then admission is included and you get to skip the line!

Tower Bridge

Walking alongside the River Thames, you can reach Tower Bridge in less than 10 minutes. 

Opened in 1894, the bascule (seesaw) bridge was originally powered by steam, which lifted the two halves of the roadway up to allow large river traffic through. It wasn’t until 1976, that the old steam system was finally replaced with modern electric driven hydraulics.

If you have an interest in bridge building and old machinery, or just a healthy curiosity, you can visit the bridge’s engine room on the southern side of Tower Bridge where the old steam system has been rebuilt.

HMS Belfast

Leaving Tower Bridge, a short 5 minute walk along Tower Bridge Road will get you to HMS Belfast. 

Launched in 1938, this light cruiser served on the Atlantic convoys, and saw action on D-Day during the Second World War. She was also active during the Korean war of the 1950s, before being retired after 25 years’ service.

There is something menacingly attractive about a grey warship bristling with armaments that makes you want to find out more. Where did the crew sleep? Where did the officers live? What was it like at action stations? 

All this and more you can find out on a visit to HMS Belfast. Tour her nine decks, learn the history, and get involved in the interactive displays.

If you’ve used up just about every square foot of commercial and residential space in town, the only way is up. From HMS Belfast, a six minute walk down Tooley Street will bring you to the Shard. At 309 metres high, the tallest building in Europe .

The building was officially inaugurated in 2012, and the first tenants began moving in during 2013. The architect’s vision of a city in the sky is not far short of the mark. The Shard has 26 floors of office space and 13 floors of residential apartments. 

The 5-star Shangri-La Hotel covers 19 floors. There are three floors of restaurants , and the building has a public viewing platform at the top.

You can book into the hotel, enjoy a meal or drink in one of the restaurants, or get the lift up to the viewing platform, although there is a charge to visit just the platform.

>>> Get Your The Shard Direct Entry Ticket <<<

Borough Market

Leaving the Shard, a five minute stroll down St Thomas Street (A200) will get you to Borough Market. 

Run as a Charitable Trust, the market has, in one form or other, been feeding the population of London since the 12th century, and is the city’s oldest food market.

Located in Borough High Street, the market trades as a wholesale fruit and veg market from 2 am to 8 am seven days a week. However, at 10 am it becomes a retail market selling specialist and sustainable products sourced locally and internationally. 

If you want organically grown salads, particular cheeses or specialist honeys you’ll find them at Borough Market.

With its historic buildings built in the 1850’s , old-style pubs and olde world shop fronts, Borough Market is worth a visit in its own right.

Southwark Cathedral – Golden Hind

From Borough Market, a three minute stroll down Stoney Street will bring you to Southwark Cathedral. To give it its full title, The Cathedral and Collegiate Church of St Saviour and St Mary Overie.

As a place of worship, the area is thought to date back to the 7th century when it was a nunnery, although the first documented link to anything ecclesiastical appears in the Doomsday Book of 1086. The church was declared a cathedral in 1905.

Next to the cathedral, the Golden Hind is a true replica of the Golden Hind built in 1575/76, and the ship used by Sir Francis Drake when he sailed around the world in 1577. 

The ship you see today was faithfully reproduced from the original plans by Appledore Shipyard in Devon, and launched in 1973. Like its namesake, it too has circumnavigated the world, in fact the equivalent of five times.

Shakespeare’s Globe

If you have a love for the performing arts, Shakespeare and the theatre, then a 10 minute stroll from the Golden Hind, along Clink Street and Bankside, will bring you to Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

The third Globe Theatre was opened in 1997. The first Globe was built in 1599 , and burnt down in 1613. The second was built in 1614 and demolished in 1644. Just 750 feet from the site of the original theatre, the third Globe has been faithfully constructed in as much original detail as possible . 

The theatre performs both Shakespeare’s original works with a twist and new plays, and you can take in a show, or enjoy a guided tour .

Tate Modern

If you have a love of modern art, then the Tate Modern is the place to head for. From Shakespeare’s Globe, head back to Bankside then towards Cardinal Cap Alley, before heading for Holland Street, the walk should take around five minutes.

A converted power station, the Tate Modern opened in 2000, has attracted over 40 million visitors and is in London’s top three visitor attractions. 

Exhibiting modern art from around the world, in 2009 the institution was expanded, this time converting the power station’s old fuel tanks to provide more gallery space. 

The Tate exhibits the UK’s collection of British art, an international collection of contemporary and modern art and various special exhibitions. 

Entry to the main galleries is free , with a charge being made for some of the standalone exhibitions. The Tate also has a small café with views of the river where you can get a range of sandwiches, snacks and drinks to eat in or take-away.

Millennium Bridge

A short stroll from the Tate along Hopton Street will bring you to The Millennium bridge, the first new bridge to span the Thames in over a century and a definite must do during your 4 days London itinerary. 

As might be concluded from the name, it was designed to commemorate the new millennium and opened to the public in June 2000, two months behind schedule.

It also closed again two days later, when the number of people using it caused the bridge to start swaying. After fitting hydraulic dampers to absorb the sway, the bridge re-opened on the 27th February 2002, forever to be known, by Londoners at least, as The Wobbly Bridge.

Crossing the Wobbly Bridge today, you will also find over 400 interesting works of street art on the walkway . Painted by London street artist Ben Wilson (the chewing gum man), his canvases are the trodden down chewing gum spat out by others using the bridge. 

The bridge has two river supports, and stretches 1066 feet across the River Thames.

London in 4 days: Day 3

British Museum

Halfway through your exploration of London in 4 days and we start off at the British Museum. Located in Great Russell Street, the British Museum first opened its doors in January 1759. 

As the centuries progressed and the British Empire expanded, so too did the collections, and the museum was continuously expanded and upgraded in order to display the growing number of artifacts.

Today the museum covers over 800,000 square feet in 94 different galleries , and has over eight million objects on display. It also has a large coffee lounge where you can get everything from sandwiches, savouries and cakes to full meals. 

Entry to the museum is free except for any collections on loan. You can book a tour here .

St Paul’s Cathedral

You can walk from The British Museum to St Paul’s Cathedral in around 30 minutes, but most visitors choose to use the bus or tube. Both take around 15 minutes to complete the journey.

A cathedral has overlooked the city for over 1400 years. The current building is at least the fourth, the previous one having been destroyed in the Great Fire of London. 

Designed by Sir Christopher Wren, planning and construction of St Paul’s Cathedral began in 1675 and was completed in1710. 

Located on Ludgate Hill, the highest point in the City of London, the imposing structure is a mix of Neoclassical, Gothic, and Baroque architectur e and a grade 1 listed building. The cathedral is also the mother church of the Diocese of London.

The price of admission is included with the London Pass . You can buy fast track entry tickets online.

The City, or the Square Mile as it is often referred to, is a separate area within the city of London. 

Settled by the Romans over 2,000 years ago and named Londinium, it is the original settlement that went on to expand into what is now called London or Greater London.

At just over one square mile in area The City stretches from the Tower of London, to Liverpool Street in the east and Chancery Lane in the west. 

It has its own offices as well, including its own mayor (the Lord Mayor of London), its own council and its own police force, the City of London police.

You may well have spent time in The City without realising it, when visiting nearby attractions, but other places of interest include The Monument , constructed as a monument to the 1666 Great Fire of London, the Old Bailey courthouse, Guildhall, the Bank of England and the Barbican Centre for the performing arts.

Leadenhall Market

Wherever you are in The City, you’re not far from Leadenhall Market. Worthy of a mention in its own right, Leadenhall has been a market as far back as the 14th century.

Today, with its cobbled streets, impressive architecture and prestigious heritage, it is a modern, progressive open and covered retail market area, with independent boutiques, specialist shops, wine bars, craft ale pubs and fine-dining restaurants.

From Leadenhall Market to Sky Garden is a short three minute walk. Situated at 20, Fenchurch Street, Sky Garden is London’s highest public gardens , taking up three floors of the building. 

Housed in a massive glass bubble, it provides an amazing 360°vista of London’s skyline .

The gardens are landscaped with drought-resistant plants from the Mediterranean and South Africa , and include such species as Red Hot Poker, Bird of Paradise and African Lily alongside fragrant herbs. It also houses a Brasserie, seafood grill, and the Sky Pod bar.

London in 4 days: Day 4

Speakers Corner

Are you finding all the rushing about is getting too much trying to get to as many attractions as possible during your 4 days London itinerary? Take some time out and head for Hyde Park.

Although you can visit Speakers Corner in Hyde Park any day of the week, if you want to listen to the orators on their soapboxes, you’ll need to visit on a Sunday between 11 am and 5 pm. Speakers Corner is situated at the Marble Arch entrance to Hyde Park.

Although the first time public speaking occurred in Hyde Park was back in 1855, it wasn’t until 1872, after further demonstrations, that the ‘freedom to speak freely’ was granted. 

You will likely find a number of speakers, all standing on their soap boxes, shouting and gesticulating about their own particular issues and trying to convince those who listen to join the cause. It makes for an interesting, and at times amusing, way to pass an hour or two.

Steeped in history, the park was set up by Henry VIII in 1536 as a private hunting ground. A century later, in 1637, it was opened to the public and has been ever since.

Covering 350 acres , the park has nearly 5,000 trees, flower beds and gardens, a lake (the Serpentine) , and a meadow. 

With facilities for a range of team games, tennis courts and a large children’s playground, it is the ideal place for the kids to release all that pent up energy. There are bridleways for the horse riders, cycle paths, and boating and swimming in the Serpentine.

The park also has two restaurants on the edge of the lake where you can enjoy a three course meal, or buy a coffee to go. You will also find the Serpentine Bridge, the Achilles Statue, the Joy of Life Fountain and the Diana Memorial Fountain .

Kensington Palace

If you want to get from Speakers Corner to Kensington Palace you can enjoy a stroll across the park, the walk will take around 20 – 30 minutes. Or catch the tube from Hyde Park tube station to Kensington Palace, the journey takes around 5 minutes.

Another design by Sir Christopher Wren, Kensington Palace was completed in 1605. Known then as Nottingham House, it was picked by William III and Mary II as their country retreat. It was also the birthplace and childhood home of Queen Victoria.

Today, Kensington Palace is the official London residence of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge and their children, the Duke and Duchess of Kent, the Duke and Duchess of Gloucester and Prince and Princess Michael of Kent.

>>> Get Your Kensington Palace Sightseeing Tickets <<<

Notting Hill

To get to Notting Hill from Kensington Palace, walk to Queensway tube station (6 min) then take a 10 minute tube ride, getting off at Holland Park.

Although Notting Hill is most famous for its annual carnival held the last weekend of August, it has a lot going for it in its own right. 

For a start, the beautiful Victorian terrace properties around Portobello Road, Westbourne Grove and Clarendon Road painted in a range of attractive pastel colours.

The Portobello Market is itself a big visitor attraction. Billed as the world’s largest antique market with over 1000 stalls , you can buy everything from cracked porcelain to retro-fashion to stamps, bric-a-brac and junk, so choose carefully.

Street art also has moved up a notch since arriving in Notting Hill. Visit the Graffic Gallery of street art. Here you will find pieces from the world’s most renowned street artists, including Banksy. 

Another interesting stop is the Museum of Brands . The story of advertising through the years and the psychology behind it. For that down time, you will find plenty of chic cafes and pubs to take the weight off.

Natural History Museum

To get to the Natural History Museum from Notting Hill you can catch a bus from Kensington Sheffield Terrace to Cromwell Road, South Kensington, the journey takes around 10 minutes. Or the tube from Notting Hill Gate station to South Kensington, which takes around six minutes.

Established in 1881, the museum holds a massive collection of earth and life specimens totalling over eighty million items from different areas and times in natural history.

Located on Exhibition Road, it is one of three popular museums located there, the other two being the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Science Museum. All are free to visit.

A walk from the Natural History Museum to Harrods will take around 15 minutes, with the bus taking about the same amount of time. A cab ride will take around 5 minutes.

Probably the most famous department store in the world , Harrods has been emptying the pockets of the rich and famous since 1849.Established by Charles Henry Harrod, as a one room grocery store, within 30 years it had expanded to become an increasingly popular department store. 

Today, the epitome of luxury shopping , it is owned by the Qatar Investment Authority and has over one million square feet of retail space split into 300 departments and is one of Europe’s largest department stores. 

The store boasts over 5,000 different brands and has a motto in Latin over the door stating ‘All Things For All People, Everywhere’ .

So there we have it. One of the big bonuses of London’s excellent transport network is none of your favourite attractions are too far away. Allowing you to mix and match your days (and evenings) to avoid premature burnout when exploring London in 4 days.

READ MORE UK TRAVEL TIPS

• Best things to do in London
• How to get from Heathrow to London
• How to get from Stansted to London
• Best places to stay in Manchester
• Best places to stay in Belfast
• Best places to stay in Glasgow

Photos: Shutterstock

Leave a comment Cancel reply

Let's be friends! Sign up receive our monthly newsletter with updates and new in-depth guides. 

4 Days in London: Complete London Itinerary for First Timers

When we booked a last minute trip to London, we weren’t entirely sure what to expect. We had both been to London before, though not for a few years, and we decided two weeks would be a comfortable amount of time to explore the city, and maybe take a day trip or two to explore other parts of the United Kingdom.

Turns out, we never left the city and STILL ended up having things within the city that we didn’t get to.

London is huge, and there’s a ton to do and see. The hardest part about planning a trip to London is choosing between attractions. If you’ve only got 4 days in London, you definitely don’t have time to make it to every museum, church, and market in London.

But that’s where we come in.

In this guide, which is based on our recent experience staying in London for two weeks, we’re going to give you our take on what you should prioritize in London. Along with what you shouldn’t.

Our favorite parts about London were the diverse range of food stalls at the innumerable food markets around the city, the city’s great green spaces, and the amount of history that exists in London (most of which we didn’t really know about, because to us, London history starts in the 16th Century according to what we learned in school).

In this guide to planning your trip to London, we’re going to help you make the most of your time.

We’ve put together a comprehensive 4 day London itinerary below, but we also have thoughts on what to do with less time (one, two, or three days) if you have a shorter trip. If you do have a shorter trip, you can still use the details in the main itinerary for the sections you’re actually going to use.

Sound good to you? Let’s get into planning your trip to London.

Disclaimer: Some of the links in this post, like hotel links, are affiliate links, meaning at no additional cost to you, we make a little bit of money if you click through and book. That being said, we would never recommend something to you that we don’t stand behind 100%.

Where to Stay in London

One of the major themes you’re going to find in this itinerary is that London is massive, and you’re definitely going to want to be strategic about organizing your time to avoid running back and forth across the city. 

This also applies to where to stay. We’d recommend staying somewhere relatively central if you’ve either got a short trip (four days or less) or it’s your first time in London .

We have an entire, super detailed guide dedicated to deciding where to stay in London , but here is the short version. 

If you’re looking for a central location and great food and drinks , stay in Southbank . This is our top pick for basically everyone.

We spent our first four days in London here, and it was a great location both for exploring the rest of Central London, and for eating and drinking in its own right (psst – skip the restaurants along the river). This is an upscale part of town with modern high rises and fancy office buildings.

We stayed at the CitizenM Bankside , which is our favorite hotel chain in the world and this location was their first in London.

There are two splurge-worthy hotels in the area – the Hoxton and Sea Containers – the latter of which has dazzling views from some of the rooms right above the banks of the Thames. 

If you want to stay in the middle of all the action , stay in Covent Garden . It’s touristy, sure, but the central location and great public transportation connections will make getting around London a breeze. Plus, it’s full of great bars, restaurants, coffee shops, and shopping. 

If you’re looking for something more offbeat and hip , look north east to Shoreditch , which is a place that made us feel very old and uncool. Lots of vintage stores, hipster coffee shops, nightlife, and great street art in this gentrifying (gentrified?) area. There’s another CitizenM location here, which is where we were set to stay before we decided to stay up in Camden instead.

Tips For Visiting London (Especially for First Timers)

Here are some tips and tricks for planning your first visit to London that are probably most helpful for first timers.

As Americans, traveling to London is noticeably different than traveling to other places in Europe, like Italy or Portugal, due to the absence of a language barrier. It feels much more similar to home, even though it’s really not. There are certainly cultural and practical differences that you’ll want to know going in.

Here are a few things that we’ve learned about London to keep in mind as you’re planning your trip.

Early Mornings are Best for the Main Sights

For sights like St. Paul’s Cathedral, the Tower of London, and Westminster Abbey, try to get there when they open. Especially on a Sunday.

Alysha went on a solo trip to the Tower of London (Matt has been multiple times before) and was surprised at how empty it was on a Sunday morning! We had the same experience on a Thursday morning at St. Paul’s Cathedral.

In the summer, it will still be busy in the morning, but not as busy as midday or later in the afternoon. 

London is Massive

We LOVE walking around cities, and think it’s the best way to experience a city. But if we’re being honest, it’s nearly impossible to walk around London – it’s just too big!

The good news is that the public transportation network in London is excellent. You can use the buses and the tube (the Underground) to zip around the city. 

Public Transportation is Both Expensive and 100% Worth it

A lot of people balk at the £6 per ride cost of riding the Tube in London, but if you dig a little deeper, you’ll find that it’s definitely worth it.

The alternative to public transportation is taking a taxi or rideshare, which is more expensive.

And, though you’re only in London for four days, a weeklong unlimited transit pass is just £38.70, which means it’s £10 a day for unlimited access (plus £5 for an Oyster card – more on this in the section on getting around below the main itinerary). 

The Museums are Mostly Free!

Unlike most other cities, where you’ll have to shell out a lot of money to visit the museums, the main museums in London are free.

In high season, it’s best to make a reservation for a timed entry in advance to make sure you can get in.

We love this aspect of London, because it makes it so that you can poke your head in, see if you’re really interested in something, and then decide to opt out if it’s not for you without the “we just spent £30 on this, I guess we have to stick it out” guilt. 

They Drive on the Other Side of the Road

We, of course, knew this going in, but that didn’t stop us from nearly getting run over on our first few days in London.

Luckily, in the center of London, there are helpful “look left / right” signs on the ground at crosswalks, which saved our lives multiple times.

When in doubt, look both ways. Three times. 

More London Travel Guides to Help You Plan Your Trip

• ITINERARY : How to Plan an Amazing London Itinerary
• WHERE TO STAY : How to Choose Where to Stay in London
• GLUTEN FREE : The Best Gluten Free Restaurants in London
• COFFEE : The 11 Best Coffee Shops in London

4 Days in London: A Complete 4 Day London Itinerary

Now that we’ve covered some of the logistics and other things that are good to know before your trip, let’s get into exactly how we’d spend 4 days in London.

There’s a lot to do and see in London. You’re not going to be able to see it all with just four days (even with two weeks, we had to scrap a couple of day trips because we felt like the city deserved more of our time). 

Our goal with this itinerary is to help you decide what to do in London, and to give you a mix of the traditional tourist sights – the museums, Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, etc. – and some of the less visited places that don’t make it on every tourist’s radar, but we found to be worth the time and effort. 

There are a few things that you WON’T find in this itinerary, and we wanted to get them out there up front. 

• The British Museum : We actually did go here, and left within 30 minutes or so. For two reasons. First, it’s not well thought out, and it’s kind of all over the place. We didn’t know where to start, so we started with the Egyptian artifacts, which leads me to the second reason. Second, this is all stolen stuff. Imagine this for a second: you walk into a museum in Egypt and find the remains of the British Royal Family on display for the world to see. Do we think that would go over well? We don’t, and the cultural voyeurism felt a little strange to us. At the end of the day, it really just seems like they threw everything they could find into the museum and said “look how cool this stuff is.” It feels more egregious than places like the Louvre, for some reason. 
• Climbing Tower Bridge : We were flabbergasted when we saw a line stretching from the middle of tower bridge back towards the north bank. It was a line to climb to the top of Tower Bridge, which at one point was a legitimate pedestrian way to cross when the drawbridge was up, but now really seems like a transparent cash grab. Also, we think the best views are of the bridge, not from it. Skip it!
• Kings Cross and Platform 9 ¾ : Look, I’m a Harry Potter fan. I’ve read the books 8+ times all the way through, and they were an important piece of my childhood because I was the same age as the characters as they grew up. However, I can say with 100% certainty that the whole Platform 9 ¾ thing is extremely underwhelming. There’s a long line, a “professional” photographer who tries to sell you pictures, and it’s really not worth the journey up there. 
• The National Gallery : There are a lot of museums in London, and the truth is you’re just not going to be able to make it to all of them AND do some of the other cool stuff like food markets and scenic walks. This is the one that gets cut, in our opinion. It’s similar to other art museums around the world, and doesn’t feel super unique to London. Although the same could be said of the Natural History Museum, so choose the one that looks most interesting to you, I suppose.
• The London Eye : We blinked, and apparently we missed the part where every city all of a sudden has to have a Ferris wheel. This is one of the originals, but we still think it’s expensive and overrated for what it is (Matt has done it twice, and if he had to do his first trip over again, he’d skip it and opt for the free rooftops in Central London instead). 

Day 1: The City of London & Shoreditch

On the first day of your trip to London, start in the oldest part of the city (which, as we’ll cover below, actually feels like the newest part) to gain an understanding of where the city started, and how it got to where it is today. 

Along the way, you’ll learn about the origins of London. Most historians think London’s history starts with the Roman settlement, but there were certainly people here before that. 

You’ll visit St. Paul’s Cathedral, the Museum of London, and take a walk through the “old town” before spending your afternoon and evening in the part of London that is definitely not the old town – Shoreditch (which is the hip spot to be with great bars and restaurants of all kinds). 

Important itinerary note : Old Spitalfields Market and the Upmarket are best on the weekends, which means you should do your best to have this day fall on a weekend. In particular, this would make an excellent Sunday itinerary.  

St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s Cathedral is one of the more interesting aspects of London’s history, and the archaeologist who led our excellent walking tour (we’d highly recommend it if you’re interested in the history of London – here it is ) remarked that it’s probably the single most important building in all of London when it comes to the city’s history. 

Why, you ask? A couple of reasons. 

There are two times in London’s history that the city has essentially been leveled. The first was in the late 17th Century, when a fire started at a bakery on “Pudding Lane” (yes, that’s actually the name of the street where all the bakeries were) and ended up burning down something like two thirds of the City of London. 

In both cases, St. Paul’s Cathedral played an important role in the city’s healing and coping with the disasters.

It was built after the fire as a sort of “feather in the cap” of the government at the time. We learned on the walking tour that it was very much a political symbol more than a religious one, one that said “we’re rebuilding London, and we’re doing it right.” 

Then, during the Blitz in World War 2 when a huge portion of Central London was reduced to rubble, the dome of St. Paul’s stood strong, serving as an important symbol of the resilience of the city in the face of adversity. 

The truth is that German bombers could recognize the dome from above, and did their best to avoid it (though I’m not quite sure how possible that really was given the technology at the time). 

We’d recommend heading up to the dome of St. Paul’s, and being the first ones up there if you can swing it. The dome access starts at 9:30 am, and it’s a long climb up a variety of different staircases to reach the top. 

There are three levels on the way up – the Whispering Gallery (the interior of the dome), the Stone Gallery (the exterior of the base of the dome), and the Golden Gallery (at the tippy top of the dome).  

It’s definitely worth stopping at all three, and definitely go all the way to the top, where the views are outstanding!

Make sure to visit the crypt, where two important figures in British history are buried. You’ll find the Duke of Wellington (famous for leading British forces in the defeat of Napoleon at Waterloo) and Lord Admiral Nelson (also famous for outwitting Napoleon, among other things), among others. 

Entry is a little pricey, but we think it’s worth the money. To save money, you can book tickets online in advance for a slight discount, which saves you a few pounds a person. 

More information on hours, costs, and more here . Monday to Saturday only, closed on Sundays for service. 

One New Change’s Rooftop Terrace

After you’ve done the cathedral itself, head up the sixth floor free rooftop terrace of One New Change , a fancy shopping center across the street, for one of the best views of the dome in all of London. 

It’s completely free, and it’s open from 6:00 am to midnight every day. You take the elevator from the middle of the building up to the terrace, and from there you have an unobstructed view of the dome of St. Paul’s. 

You can find information on the terrace, including opening hours, here . 

The Museum of London

Head directly north from the cathedral up to the excellent – and free – Museum of London .

It’s worth taking an hour (or two, if you’re really into it) to peruse the museum, which covers the history of the city from prehistoric times to modern times in chronological order, weaving a story about the history of London and how it came to be the city it is today.  

We enjoyed this museum, and we learned a lot about British history and the history of the city that we definitely had never thought about before. I’ll give you two examples. 

First is the fact that, for large swaths of its history, London was under the control of outsiders. As Americans, we never really think of the British as being colonized and oppressed, but that is certainly how they spent the bulk of history before the medieval periods. First it’s the Romans, then they leave and the Saxons move in, then it’s the Normans. 

Second is the fact that London, the cosmopolitan city that we know and love today, was shaped by two disasters (which we already touched on above) – the fire in the 17th Century that burned the majority of the city – which at the time, was mostly wood – to the ground, and the Blitz during World War 2.

Without those two events, the modernization of London would have been much more difficult, and Central London would likely look very, very different from how it does today. 

We enjoyed the museum, and think it’s a nice short way to get an understanding of the history of the city before diving into what it is today. 

An Afternoon and Evening in Shoreditch

We’re not sure we’ve ever seen a higher concentration of vintage stores than we saw in Shoreditch. And that tells you a lot about this hip neighborhood in northeast London and the transformation it has undergone in the past decade or so. 

At one point, Shoreditch was completely separate from the city of London, but over the years the borders of London have continually expanded, swallowing up former suburbs on its way to becoming the city it has become today. 

Even the origin story of Shoreditch is a little counterculture. It became famous because in the 16th Century, some politicians got the idea that banning playhouses (and theaters) in London sounded like a good idea. You know, to remain chaste and godly and all that. Imagine what they’d think if they saw London today! 

So, in order to meet the demand that certainly hadn’t evaporated despite the ban, new theaters were built in places like Shoreditch and Southwark, which at the time were outside of the city limits, and thus its jurisdiction. In the 19th and early 20th Centuries, it was a legitimate rival to the West End as the center of London’s arts scene. 

After the second world war, during which large swaths of the neighborhood were demolished – including a lot of housing – the reconstruction process took a little longer than other parts of London.

Since then, the story of Shoreditch is similar to many other highly gentrified areas in major cities around the world.

First the artists moved in, creating a demand for businesses that those artists liked, and finally ending with astronomical housing prices that drove out many of the original residents (and those artists, too) and brought in a more wealthy contingent, who in turn brought a different set of businesses to cater to their different needs. 

On your way from the City of London to Shoreditch, there are a bunch of stops worth making, but we’re going to give you a few to start. 

Start with a rooftop drink in the roof garden at the Culpeper , make your way to Old Spitalfields Market to wander the stalls with art, food, and drinks (weekends only), and then head over to Brick Lane, stopping by the Upmarket if this happens to fall on a weekend, and follow Brick Lane north into Shoreditch. 

Dinner at Dishoom – From Bombay With Love

Multiple people have recommended Dishoom to me, although we didn’t actually eat there ourselves because I wasn’t confident they could serve me a totally gluten free meal. My older brother and a friend both said it was among their favorite meals in London, which is why it gets a spot in this guide. 

This upscale Indian restaurant’s combination of home-style cooking, retro surroundings and awesome cocktails make for a venue that’s almost always busy, with a palpable air of excitement. Their mini-franchise is rapidly becoming a phenomenon, with multiple locations around London including one in Shoreditch.  

You’ll definitely want to make a reservation in advance – when we stopped by to order a chai for take away on a Monday morning, they were turning people away because they didn’t have enough tables. 

Bar Hopping in Shoreditch and Hoxton

Shoreditch and Hoxton party until the early hours of the morning pretty much every night, so you’ll have no problem finding some of the best bars, clubs and raves the city has to offer.

So where to start? 

We’ll give you a few places to get you started, but if we were you, we’d head to local-run “Design My Night” to get the scoop on the best nightlife spots. Because we’re not really the right people to give you night life advice, with a 9:00 pm bedtime and all that. 

• For the overall vibe : London Cocktail Club is situated between Shoreditch High Street and Brick Lane. A mashup of biker bar and man cave, this place is best described as “British Americana”. Great selection of drinks and really friendly staff. 
• For cocktails : Cocktail Trading Co is said to be the best cocktail bar in Shoreditch. Passionate, friendly staff make for a great start to an evening on the town. Try the “American Pie” and thank me later!
• For a great cider selection : Williams Ale & Cider House bills itself as a classic “East London Boozer”. I wholeheartedly agree, especially with 14 hand pumps offering a great selection of both ciders and ales. 
• For late night mini golf : Junkyard Golf, as the name suggests, is a bar and mini-golf course, set among a plethora of “pre-loved and reclaimed random sizzle”. Want to drink a cocktail while playing golf among circus freaks and jungle bathtubs? Of course you do!
• For drinks and ping pong : Drinks at Bounce Old Street are punctuated by apologetic patrons scrabbling around under your table for lost ping pong balls. And you know what? That’s part of the charm! This place is a great ice-breaker and a much better idea than a boring old pool hall.

Day 2: Westminster, the West End, and a Museum

On your second day in London, start your day in the city of Westminster, make your way to Covent Garden, and head through Hyde Park to check out a museum (there are two choices here, which we’ve outlined below). 

Westminster is a relatively small patch of London, but contains a higher concentration of London’s famous spots than anywhere else in the city, so we’d try to beat the crowds and head out early .

Westminster Bridge & Big Ben

The first stop of the day should be the eastern end of Westminster Bridge, across the river from Big Ben. You might be tempted to go straight to Westminster station, but we think the walk over the bridge is well worth it because of the excellent view of Big Ben you get as you cross the bridge. 

The world famous tower, officially known as the “Elizabeth Tower”, houses the giant bell affectionately known as “Big Ben”, whose unmistakable chime has sounded across the city for over 150 years. That’s right, Big Ben refers to the bell, not the tower itself. 

To hear the bell going off, you’ll want to be on the bridge about 10 minutes before the turn of the hour (so, 8:50 am to hear the 9:00 am bells). 

Either side of the bridge works fine, but the better view is going to be from the southern end of the bridge. 

As of the time of writing, Big Ben has been under construction for several years, and there’s likely to be some scaffolding up around it. It’s still a great view, though.

At the other side of the bridge, you’ll find yourself adjacent to the Houses of Parliament. You can actually visit the Houses of Parliament and take a guided tour that allows you to access parts of the complex you wouldn’t ordinarily be able to.

If that sounds interesting to you, you can find more information here (it’s a 90 minute tour, and it’s fairly pricey). 

Westminster Abbey

Walk across the square in front of parliament – make sure to walk by the statues of famous Brits like Winston Churchill and Gandhi – on your way over to Westminster Abbey , which is your first stop of the morning.

This is a gigantic Gothic Cathedral that was built in the 13th Century by Henry III as both a monument to Edward the Confessor, and as a final resting place for his own body. 

The history from there is kind of fascinating, mostly because of the intermingling of the monarchy and church over the course of centuries.

On a walking tour, the history professor leading the tour (we did this walking tour and really enjoyed it) said that, essentially, the church was very, very rich, and the monarchy said something to the effect of “yeah, we want in on that.” Which I’m sure is painting with broad strokes and missing a lot of historical nuance. 

But on the other hand, yeah, that checks out. 

Essentially, in the mid 15th Century, Henry VIII (yes, that one, the one that enjoyed beheading his wives) got mad at the Catholic Church for not signing off on his divorce. So, naturally, he seized all assets owned by the church and took control of them for himself. Often, selling off pieces of them to fund his various adventures around Europe. 

From there, the royal family and the church became intertwined. Divine right and all that jazz. 

Today, it’s the site of royal weddings, coronation ceremonies, and burials, but it’s mostly a tourist attraction. 

More than 3,000 Brits are buried in Westminster Abbey – the most famous being many of the royals of the last few centuries, and people like Sir Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. Make sure to look down as you walk around the interior – it seems like every step you take inside of the Abbey, you’re walking onto a new burial site with the name and dates of their life/death. 

The Abbey opens at 9:30 am (9:00 am on Saturdays, closed on Sundays), which is pretty early, and we’d recommend trying to be one of the first people in the door. To do that, we’d buy online tickets in advance , which go on sale two months in advance. 

Buckingham Palace (and the Changing of the Guard)

From Westminster Abbey, it’s a nice walk through St. James’s Park to get to Buckingham Palace , which is where the queen supposedly lives (but spends almost zero time there these days, according to multiple people we talked to). 

If you’re into coffee and you’re craving some caffeine, we’d recommend a slight detour out to Formative Coffee , which is a short walk from both Westminster Abbey and St. James’s Park. It makes the list of our favorite coffee shops in London for a reason.

Side note : What the heck is going on with that “s’s” at the end of “St. James’s Park”? Yes, that’s the correct spelling. We had to quadruple check. 

This is also where the most “touristy” activity on this entire itinerary happens – the Changing of the Guard. That being said, it’s quite the spectacle (we can’t believe this still happens, to be completely honest) and it’s worth seeing once, as long as you’re prepared for the crowds and have the flexibility to show up a little early at a specific time on a specific day. 

You’ll need to pay close attention to the official schedule for this one, as the ceremony schedule varies by the season. You’ll also need to plan your day to arrive here by at least 10:45 am, and probably a lot earlier if you want to get a good view, especially in high-summer.

Trafalgar Square and the West End

At some point during their London visit, virtually everyone ends up at Trafalgar Square . Probably because it’s right in the middle of all the action.

To get there from the palace, just walk straight out “the Mall” and you’ll land at the southern end of the square after you walk under the Admiralty Arch. 

The square is home to Nelson’s Column, dedicated to the beloved naval hero of the same name who outwitted Napoleon multiple times, Trafalgar Square has been a huge draw for tourists, locals, and flocks of pigeons since Victorian times.

There’s also an excellent view back towards Big Ben from the south end of the square. And lots of lions. What is it about lions that makes every single king or queen go “what animal do I want to be? Yeah, a lion, that’s the one!” Why not switch it up and get creative every once in a while and be a warthog or a water buffalo or something?

While we didn’t include it on this particular itinerary (because we’ve done it before, and think it’s not the most interesting attraction in London), art lovers should absolutely take the time to visit the National Portrait Gallery . 

Trafalgar Square’s pigeons are shockingly tame. It’s easy to coax them into landing on you for a photo opportunity, but you’ll get a hefty fine if you feed them! I’m reliably informed by locals that in years past, the square was home to thousands of the creatures (we call them “sky rats,” but I once said that to a woman whose father raised pigeons and apparently that was very offensive), probably due to the many vendors selling bags of bird feed to passing tourists. DO NOT FEED THE WILD ANIMALS.

Seven Dials Market for Lunch (& Covent Garden) 

Another food market! Hooray! 

Seriously though, our favorite part of London was all the incredible food markets, which is pretty evident in our construction of this itinerary. There’s basically a different food market every single day! 

Today, it’s the Seven Dials Market , a food hall housed in a former warehouse in Covent Garden. We were confused by the banana logo that we saw all over the building, and it turns out this warehouse was primarily used to store bananas back in the day, hence the logo. And cucumbers, too!

There are a ton of good food options here, and we have two recommendations.

First is El Pollote on the ground floor, which has excellent (and gluten free!) guava-glazed chicken wings and sandwiches (the latter is not gluten free). Second is Chai Guys , which is some of the best chai that Alysha had in London (she LOVES chai, and these guys / gals do it right!). Get the kadak, which is a sweeter, creamier version. 

The area around the market is also worth exploring. Historic and elegant Covent Garden, situated in London’s West End, is probably our favorite part of central London.

There’s enough to do in Covent Garden to last an entire day, with attractions such as the London Transport Museum, The Royal Opera House, The London Film Museum and many more, but you’ve got a lot to see, so we’d say that you should get some food, do some wandering around the Seven Dials and Neal’s Yard areas, and move on. 

There’s some good shopping, some great coffee ( Monmouth , in particular), and we enjoyed Neal’s Yard Dairy , where we picked out a couple of English cheeses to enjoy later with some excellent fig jam. 

Next, make your way towards the southeastern corner of Hyde Park .

To get there, you can either walk down Oxford Street through Soho, which is similar to Times Square in New York or the Champs-Élysées in Paris, or you can hop on the Tube (Piccadilly Line) and get off at Hyde Park Corner station, which is at the southeastern corner of the park. 

We’d recommend starting at that corner of the park because you get to see the Wellington Arch, which commemorates the Duke of Wellington’s defeat of Napoleon.

Side note: everybody has a victory arch – the Arc de Triomphe in Paris , the Brandenburg Gate in Berlin , the many victory arches in Rome around the Forum, everybody gets an arch!

Then, as you enter the park, you’re immediately confronted with the rose garden, which is cool (although it won’t be blooming in the winter and fall). 

Spend some time wandering through the park, checking out the Serpentine (that’s the lake) and the Serpentine Waterfall ( here on Google Maps), a particularly pretty section of greenery.

You’ll want to make your way to the southern edge of the park – here on Google Maps – which will put you a few blocks from the best museum complex in London (in our opinion, anyway) for a little afternoon education. 

Choose Your Own Adventure, Museum Edition

Now, we’re not huge museum people. We’d much rather spend our time wandering various neighborhoods, checking out some nice green spaces, and eating. Mostly eating, if we’re being completely honest. 

However, we do think that museums are an important part of an itinerary for any big city. We just wouldn’t spend your entire time inside of a museum. 

There are two good museums here that appeal to different interests and audiences – the Natural History Museum , and the Victoria Albert Museum . 

Entry to both is free (although they ask for a donation), so the level of commitment is minimal. If you don’t enjoy it or find it interesting, you can leave! Alternatively, you could visit both and pick and choose what collections you want to look at to get a taste of both, rather than going deep on one or the other.

We chose the Natural History Museum because, well, we like nature? Also because they had a temporary exhibition featuring the winners of an annual wildlife photography contest, which was excellent (though, PRO TIP: temporary exhibitions aren’t free!).

You could pretty easily spend an entire day inside this museum, but we wouldn’t recommend it. Instead, pick a few different sections that sound interesting. 

Oh, and be prepared for kids. LOTS of kids. Although, we were told there are less kids on weekday afternoons, which is part of the reason we slotted it in here.

The second is the Victoria Albert Museum , which is more focused on design – think fashion, interior design, and other more practical applications of art (as opposed to something like a portrait or a painting). It’s an eclectic collection, and is a unique museum that might give you a little more insight into British history and culture than the Natural History Museum might.  

Dinner at Ceru

Ceru , which has a location in South Kensington near the museums, was definitely at the top of our list of our favorite meals we ate in London. 

They do tapas – which really just means you’re going to be ordering a bunch of small plates to share with the table – but in a style that features flavors that come from a region called Levant , which includes places like Turkey, Lebanon, Syria, and Israel.

“Levant” was a new word to me, and I’d recommend a read through the Wikipedia page for a brief history lesson. 

The food is excellent, and it’s a fun dining experience with some really unique wines coming from places like Greece, Lebanon, and other countries you don’t ordinarily associate with wine production. 

Of all the things we ordered, the best thing we ate was the side of roasted parsnips, which is kind of funny.

You’ll also want to try their excellent dips – the hamara, which is made with red peppers and pomegranate molasses, was our favorite of the three – and you can’t go wrong with fried halloumi (which is a squeaky cheese similar to paneer). 

By the time we were done, the plates in front of us had practically been licked clean. 

Day 3: Walking Southbank & the Tower of London

On your third day, start off bright and early at the Tower of London, then make your way across the Tower Bridge to start a walk along the south bank of the Thames down to Westminster Bridge, with plenty of stops along the way (including a stop at Borough Market for lunch). 

Important itinerary note : Since Borough Market is closed Sundays, we’d make sure this day lands on any day but Sunday. 

The Tower of London

We’d highly, highly recommend visiting the Tower of London first thing in the morning.

It’s a popular tourist attraction, and we were totally expecting it to be crowded early on a weekend morning when we showed up. But, somehow, when the doors opened, it was miraculously empty, save for a few other groups. 

Get there at opening time if you can. You’ll have the place largely to yourself. 

The Tower of London sits at the southeastern corner of the town of Londinium, which was established by the Romans. The tower as we know it today was built in the 11th Century by William the Conqueror as a fortress, and has served a wide variety of purposes since its construction, including as a royal palace and, probably most famously, as a notorious prison. 

When you really get into it, the history of the Tower of London is pretty dark. There were so many people executed and tortured here that there are more than three different areas that are marked as places of execution in and around the tower.

Mostly, it was political opponents who were executed for trumped up crimes to get them out of the picture. Multiple members of the royal family have also died within the walls of the Tower, including Henry VI and a pair of princes who disappeared (and were later confirmed to have been buried in the tower).

Since its construction, it has been constantly added to and expanded. Today, the main attractions you’re going to focus on are the Crown Jewels , the ramparts , and the White Tower – the big castle-looking structure in the middle of the complex. 

We’d highly recommend joining one of the Yeoman Warder tours , which happen every 30 minutes and are included in the price of entry. 

More information, including prices and current hours, is available here . 

Tower Bridge

To get to your next destination – the south bank of the Thames – you’ll need to cross the river. You have two options here, and both have their advantages. 

We’d recommend crossing over Tower Bridge , which was built in the late 19th Century and is probably the most iconic of London’s bridges. The Twin Towers, connected by a walkway (we’ll get to that in a second), is one of the main elements of architecture that people think of when they think of London.

Although, as the archaeologist who led our excellent walking tour of London pointed out, most people think it’s the London Bridge. 

We would NOT recommend going up to the top of the bridge, which used to be a legitimate mode of transportation for pedestrians to cross when the drawbridge was up to let boats through, but has shamelessly been turned into a tourist attraction. 

The alternative is crossing London Bridge , which is west of the Tower of London. The advantage? A picture perfect view of Tower Bridge. The downside? The bridge is kind of boring in terms of architecture. 

Plus, one of the best views of the City of London’s skyline is from the river level just west of Tower Bridge on the south bank.

Here, you get a great view of the bridge, and also a nice view of the Tower of London and City of London across the river. 

Borough Market

Borough Market , dating back (almost unbelievably) to before the 12th Century, is one of the largest and oldest markets in the city. 

Despite being crowded and very touristy, Borough Market is one of our favorite places in the city, full stop. There are a couple of sections of the market, not to mention the countless bars and restaurants lining the streets around the market.

You should know that Borough Market is VERY MUCH a lunch destination – it closes in the late afternoon. And it’s closed all day on Sunday, so make sure this falls on any other day of the week.

Essentially, the market is split into two main sections: the ready-to-eat food section (which is where you should eat lunch), and the gourmet food items section. The latter features stands selling everything from English cheese, to tea, to all things Italian, and just about everything else a foodie could dream of. 

If you’re looking for coffee, Monmouth Coffee is excellent, and has a location right outside the western edge of the market ( here on Google Maps). 

Take some time to wander through that section of the market and, when you’re ready for food, head over to the section with all the food stalls for lunch. 

We found ourselves here not once, not twice, but three different times over the course of our time in London. Here are the places we fell in love with, in no particular order. 

• The Black Pig : Amazing pork sandwiches that Alysha demanded to return to on our last day in London. The line here can be nuts. Get the Honey Truffle Parmesan, which is made with slow roasted pork shoulder, honey-truffle mayo, slaw, and aged parmesan. YUM. DEFINITELY NOT GLUTEN FREE. 
• Horn OK Please : Vegetarian Indian street food, including dosas and amazing chai. Matt ate here three times, and would do it again in a heartbeat. Gluten free and vegan options. 
• Tacos Padre : We’ve had some pretty mediocre tacos around the world, but I would put Tacos Padre somewhere near the top of the list of the best tacos I’ve ever had outside of California and Mexico. The lamb barbacoa and the cochinita (a pork slow cooked with achiote) were outstanding. 

After lunch, there’s one more stop that we highly recommend at Borough Market – the Cider House . 

They have a great selection of hard ciders, both on tap and in bottles, to try.

Most are from English cider producers, but we also found offerings here from New Zealand, France, and South Africa. The friendly staff will help you figure out what kind of cider to try based on your tastes. 

A Walk Along the South Bank of the Thames

From Borough Market, make your way all the way down the river to Westminster Bridge, which should take you the better part of a few hours, including stops for a museum, a drink, a bookshop, a snack, and whatever else piques your interest along the way. 

Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre

For over 500 years, England has been a powerhouse in the world of theater, thanks in no small part to William Shakespeare.

A visit to The Globe, a stunning recreation built close to the original Elizabethan theater, gives you the chance to travel back in time and experience a performance in the playhouse that premiered some of the Bard’s best loved works.

Even if you’re not a fan of the theater, The Globe is absolutely worth a visit. The circular outdoor venue hosts productions between April and September, with some of the UK’s most talented actors performing modern (and traditional) interpretations of Shakespeare’s works in an unbelievably atmospheric setting.

If you do want to catch a show, check the schedule here and find a place to fit it in on your itinerary. 

The Tate Modern

Located at the former Bankside Power Station, the Tate Modern is well worth a visit as you wander along the waterfront. The Tate Modern is England’s national gallery dedicated exclusively to modern art.

The permanent collections are completely free of charge to view, and include an impressive selection of art from the likes of Picasso, Rothko and Monet.

On the 10th floor of the Tate’s Blavatnik Building is an open terrace with fantastic views across the city to St. Paul’s and Canary Wharf.

Millennium Bridge

Just outside the Tate, this bridge is in this guide for one reason: the excellent view across the river to St. Paul’s Cathedral. It’s one of the best views in London, and is worth a slight detour to catch it. It’s here on Google Maps. 

Here are a few other stops along the river bank.

Beer Hawk : If you like craft beer and want to sample a selection of the best beers that London has to offer, this is the place to go here. They have a bunch of beers on tap, and even more in bottles. 

Foyles Bookshop : This is one of the best bookstores in London, and they have a location on the ground floor of Southbank Centre, right before you get to Jubilee Bridge (if you’re heading southwest). 

Southbank Centre Food Market : This was a happy accident. It’s Friday-Sunday only, so skip it if this day happens to be a weekday. We walked by it on a walk down the river and discovered Pabellon , our favorite arepa place in London. Arepas are basically a sandwich made between two corn patties that comes from Venezuela. Seriously, go here. It was so good we went back three times. There are plenty of other food stalls here, and there’s also a nice outdoor courtyard with food and shopping called “Gabriel’s Wharf” a little ways back ( here on Google Maps) that is worth poking your head into. 

The London Eye : The London Eye is a little overrated, if we’re being honest. We’ve done it before, but opted out on our latest trip. It’s a little expensive, the lines are long, and the view from the Tate Modern viewing platform – which is free – is a little better. If you have kids, this is a fun experience. If not, we’d probably skip it and spend time elsewhere. 

Once you’re at London Eye, you’re essentially at Westminster Bridge. You’ve already seen that if you followed the first day!

Dinner and Drinks at Mercato Metropolitano

To close out your day, head south of the river to another of our favorite discoveries in London, Mercato Metropolitano . This place is fantastic, and is essentially a big food hall with indoor and outdoor seating (in an atmospheric garden) and a huge variety of different food stalls… all attached to a beer garden!

From Sicilian arancini and granita (two of our favorite discoveries on our Sicily road trip ) to Venezuelan arepas, there are options for basically everyone here, which makes it a good option for groups. 

It’s a very, very popular spot – it was packed full to the brim on a Thursday night when we were there – and there are a bunch of different options to grab a drink. We’d recommend getting there a little early to snag a table, and hanging out and soaking up the atmosphere until you’re ready for dinner. 

Day 4: A Foray into North London (Camden & Notting Hill)

On your last day, venture out of Central London and head north (it’s really only 20 minutes or so, nothing too crazy) out to Notting Hill. From there, make your way along the Regent’s Canal to Little Venice, and finally stroll into Camden, with a stop for the view at Primrose Hill on the way. 

Notting Hill and Portobello Road

Start your morning in Notting Hill at Notting Hill Gate station , which is serviced by the Central District, and Circle tube lines. 

From there, embark on a self-guided walking tour of one of London’s most charming neighborhoods, made famous by the movie of the same name. 

You’ll essentially follow Portobello Road all the way through the neighborhood from south to north, which will take you to both highlights here – the Portobello Road Market, and the colorful houses at the other end of the neighborhood. 

Here’s a map of the walk . 

The Portobello Road Market is best on Saturdays, when the streets are packed with vendors. But it’s worth a stroll on other days of the week too, particularly Fridays. It’s part food market, part antique market, and part everything else market. 

At the northern end, leave Portobello Road and head to the two most photogenic parts of the neighborhood, where you’ll find those colorful homes that have made this area Instagram famous in recent years.

Both areas are literally a block away from each other – Saint Lukes Mews is a colorful back alley, and Lancaster Road is where you’ll find the multi-colored houses (which remind us of the famous Victorians in San Francisco !). 

A Walk Along Regent’s Canal

This next section is optional, and is best for people who are up for a nice walk. It’s sometimes scenic, sometimes a little boring. If that doesn’t sound like something you’re interested in, take the Tube to Camden and skip this section. 

We actually walked all the way from Notting Hill to Camden along Regent’s Canal, which took a couple of hours and led us through Little Venice, which is easily the most picturesque piece of the walk. 

Here’s a map of the route . Near the end, you’ll be walking across the canal from the London Zoo in Regents Park, and you can see the giraffes, warthogs, and African wild dogs from the path. 

Camden Market (and Camden Town)

Camden is a fascinating area, and we spent a third of our trip staying here to soak it all up. 

Punk music was essentially born in this part of London, and that part of the neighborhood’s character is still very much front and center, with a variety of eclectic shops blasting heavy metal music lining Camden High Street. 

However, the highlight here is London’s most-visited food market, Camden Market . 

Situated right on Regent’s Canal, Camden Market is a sprawling complex of shops, food stalls, and more permanent restaurants. There are several sections of the market, but the best part is on the north side of the Canal ( here on Google Maps).

The market is overwhelming, with all sorts of smells and sounds attacking your senses, but it’s well worth wandering a bit to take in everything it has to offer, from Indonesian curries to heavy metal-inspired t-shirts. It feels like it just keeps going and going, and the scale of the market is pretty staggering. 

Here are a few of our highlights that, unsurprisingly, heavily focus on food. 

• Maize Blaze : A contemporary take on Colombian food (we spent six weeks in Colombia , and absolutely LOVED it), they have a limited menu available at the stall here that has bowls with various toppings. If you are looking for things like arepas and fried plantains with a sweet chili sauce, you can find them at their kitchen just a few blocks away (you’ll have to order online for pickup). 
• Arepazo / Arepa Venezuelan Kitchen : To be honest, I don’t know what the name of this stand is. But I do know that it’s the place to get arepas at Camden Market. The pabellon, a pulled beef, was some of the best we had in London, and the vibes at the stand with the blasting music and dancing chef were awesome. 
• Kolkati : Not gluten free, but Alysha saw it at Broadway Market (another market worth visiting) and decided she had to have it. So she finally got it here at Camden Market. They make kati rolls, which are a street food staple of Kolkata that consists of fillings (either meat and accouterments or paneer) wrapped in bread. 
• Pamban Chai & Coffee House : If you like chai (like Alysha does), you shouldn’t miss this place. Their rose chai was Alysha’s favorite chai in London, and we drank A LOT of chai while we were in town. You can get a flight to try multiple of their chai offerings!

Chalk Farm Road

After lunch, you’ll undoubtedly start to notice Camden getting busier. While it’s tempting to spend the day drinking at the Ice Wharf, overlooking the lock, drag yourself out of busy Camden Town and wander down Chalk Farm Road towards the station of the same name.

Along the way, ( see here for directions ) you’ll see lots of cool street art and pass the famous Roundhouse (the famous punk concert venue), shortly after which you’ll need to turn left along Regent’s Park Road and across the bridge that takes you over the railway tracks.

Continuing up Regent’s Park Road takes you to another world. This pretty part of London has some lovely little shops and cafes, and is a favorite haunt for local (and international) celebrities, many of whom live close by.

Primrose Hill

As you head further up the street, you’ll find two of the once commonplace bright red British phone boxes, and after a classic photo opportunity, you’ll see that you’ve reached the entrance to Primrose Hill park. 

Primrose Hill is a wonderful place to spend a sunny couple of hours. You won’t find many tourists in this part of London, just lots of locals lounging in the sun or taking in the amazing vistas from this perfect vantage point, where you’re able to see nearly every famous building in the city.

After Primrose Hill, you’ll be well into the afternoon of your last day in London. For the evening, we’d recommend grabbing dinner and drinks in a place that you’ve already visited, but wanted to spend more time. 

Catch a Show!

We’d also recommend using this evening to catch a show, either at the Globe Theatre if you want a unique experience, or somewhere in the West End if you’re looking to see one of the more famous contemporary shows. 

We’ve seen Hamilton , Book of Mormon , and Lion King , and Harry Potter and the Cursed Child , and we’d recommend all of them (although Book of Mormon probably isn’t for kids or people who are easily offended). 

Check out what shows are happening in London while you’re in town here . 

What to Do with Less Time in London

We had almost two full weeks in London, but we realize most people aren’t blessed with that much time to explore. Or even able to spend four days. 

Here’s how we’d spend less time in London, from one to three days. You can use these overviews to get an idea of the plan, and then use the detailed sections in the itinerary above to go deeper on the places you end up including. 

London in a Day

With just a day in London, you’re really going to have to pick and choose what you do and see, because a day is not nearly enough time. 

But, we’re here to give you our best take on how to spend your time, so let’s talk about what a perfect day in London looks like, at least for us. 

Immediately, we think you should skip the museums. The Natural History Museum and Victoria and Albert Museum are both cool, but they’re pretty far away from the rest of Central London. 

The other thing you’re going to have to miss is the Changing of the Guard . First of all, it doesn’t happen every single day year-round, so there’s a chance that it’s not even happening on the day you’re in London. Second, having that specific time in mind makes it hard to plan the rest of the day.  

Instead, focus on exploring the area around the Thames. Start your day at Buckingham Palace , the Queen’s part time residence (we were told by multiple people that she’s hardly ever there these days). Make your way to Westminster Abbey from there, and admire Big Ben before walking over the Westminster Bridge . 

From there, make your way along the south bank of the Thames, following the walk in the main itinerary above. 

Stop at Borough Market for lunch, then make your way across either London Bridge (better views, specifically of Tower Bridge and the Tower of London), or Tower Bridge (worse views, but a cool experience) and head to the Tower of London . 

Finally, make your way on a walk through the city of London, and end at St. Paul’s Cathedral. 

2 Days in London

With 2 days in London, you’ll need to do some swapping around of activities, but you can use the first three days of the itinerary above as a baseline. 

Here’s how we’d do it. 

On the first day, combine the morning of day 1 (St. Paul’s, the London Museum, and the City of London) and the morning of day 2 (Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, and Buckingham Palace). Start with the Westminster stuff to make sure to get to the Abbey early, and end with St. Paul’s. Head to Shoreditch for dinner and drinks. 

On the second day, follow day 3 as written above. If you want to catch a show while you’re in town do it on your second evening. 

3 Days in London

With 3 days in London, we’d follow the itinerary above as written, and skip day 4 altogether. While it’s a bummer to miss out on Camden Market, you’re making it to Borough Market, so you’ve got a taste of London’s food markets. 

If you want to catch a show, you can add it to any of the evenings pretty easily. 

Specific Days of the Week to Keep in Mind for Your Trip

One of the things we realized as we sat down to outline this guide is that a lot of the things to do depend on what days of the week you’re in town. This is particularly relevant for some of the food markets. 

For example, Borough Market is amazing on Saturday, closed on Sunday, and pretty good on weekdays. But only at lunchtime!

On the other hand, Broadway Market up north is really a Saturday destination, when the streets are packed with vendors selling all kinds of delicious food. 

Here are some considerations for days of the week to keep in mind as you’re planning your trip (there’s more detail on what exactly these places are and what they offer in the detailed 4 day London itinerary above). 

• Borough Market : Lunch only, Monday to Saturday. 
• Broadway Market : Definitely go on Saturday for lunch. 
• Camden Market : Mostly a lunch spot, and you should also go on Saturday if you can. 
• Spitalfields Market : Weekends are best here, when the entire interior is lined with stalls selling food, arts and crafts, and other fun stuff to peruse. 
• Portobello Road Market : The market in Notting Hill is, again, best on Saturdays, when the majority of vendors are set up. 
• Columbia Road Flower Market : Sundays only!
• The Sunday Upmarket : The vintage/food market on Brick Lane is a weekends only destination, both Saturday and Sunday.  

“WOW” you say, “that’s a LOT of weekend only markets – which ones do you like best?” 

We purposefully made sure our 12 days included two weekends, because the food market culture in London stuck out to us as something that was super unique.

If we had to choose, we’d opt for the Broadway Market , which feels much more like a neighborhood farmers market than any other market we visited (and we went twice!), and the Spitalfields Market and Upmarket , which are a few blocks away from each other. 

You should also definitely visit Camden Market and Borough Market, but the day of the week matters less for those (though they’re both lunchtime destinations, rather than evening destinations). 

When to Visit London

London is a city of seasons, though those seasons might look a little different than the seasons you’re used to. 

Matt has now been to London multiple times in the spring , and it’s a little bit of a toss up in terms of the weather. On this last trip, we were in London for two weeks. At the beginning, it was summer weather, and Londoners came out in full force on the first sunny weekend after a dreary winter. We’re talking tank tops and sundresses all over the place. 

A few days later, it was snowing. Literally. 

So if you’re coming in the spring, be prepared for unpredictable weather – you might be warm, cold, or wet, or all three in one day! Layers are going to be your friend, and a rain jacket is essential. 

In the summer – which means about June through August – the weather is warm, the skies are clear (mostly), and summer festivals are in full swing. It’s easily the busiest time of year, so you’ll be paying more for accommodations, and you’ll want to book things like museum entries as early as possible. 

Fall is similar to spring, but it’s a little bit more predictable. It’s going to be cool – think 50’s and 60’s on most days – and it will rain a few days here and there, but it’s a lovely time to be in London. 

Winter is gray and dreary, and the days are very, very short. However, London around Christmas is supposed to be magical, and the city lights up with Christmas lights, with markets set up all around the city. It’s going to be relatively cheap, aside from December, when prices are surprisingly high. 

Getting Around London (Using Public Transit)

We didn’t quite understand just how massive London is until we had spent some time moving around it. I mean, sure, we knew it was a huge city with 10 million people, but I don’t think we quite understood just how long it takes to get from one end of the city to the other. 

For that reason (p.s., the answer can be well over an hour, depending on where you’re headed), we highly recommend investing in an unlimited public transportation card while you’re in London , which is called a Travelcard and is something you can buy at the machines at most Tube stations. 

The Travelcard gives you unlimited access to the Underground and buses in London. Both are efficient, relatively clean (coming from the US), and will get you from point A to point B far faster than your own two feet. You’ll need to choose the duration based on your trip – one day, two days, a week. More information here . 

Since you’ll likely only need zones 1-2 for most of the sights in Central London, we’d recommend purchasing your Travelcard separately from your trip from the airport (more on that in a second). The airport is outside of that range, and it would increase the price of your pass substantially. 

An alternative would be to pay £5 for an Oyster Card, which you can top up as you go. Again, you’d buy both the card and add any value at Tube Stations. You can use this to tap on and off the tube and buses (you don’t actually tap off when you ride the bus in London, just to be clear). 

Top Travel Tip : Search for “TFL” (Transport for London) on the Apple or Google Play store for an app with a wealth of maps, timetables and transport information. 

Getting Around by Electric Bike

Electric bike rentals have exploded in popularity across London over the last decade. 

The largest bike rental company in London is Santander Cycles, though locals refer to them as “Boris Bikes”, after their introduction by then-mayor and now Prime Minister Boris Johnson, way back in 2010. 

The bikes have been rented over ninety-three million times since their introduction, and cost £2 per 30-minute ride, with drop-off and pick-up points all across the city. 

Getting Around on Foot

Unlike San Francisco, the last place we lived full time, London is fairly flat, which makes it easy to get around on foot. In fact, you’ll notice that a lot of the itinerary above involves walking from place to place, which is a very pleasant way to explore the city. 

However, we also mentioned that London is huge, which means you’re going to want to supplement your walking with public transportation if you’ve got limited time and want to fit in as much as possible. 

Getting to the City from London Heathrow

As far as getting into the city from the airport, you have a few different options, and which you end up choosing is going to depend on your budget and how much time you have. 

We’ll go from fastest (and most expensive) to slowest (and most affordable). 

First is the Heathrow Express , which is a train that runs between Paddington Station and Heathrow in 15-20 minutes flat with no other stops. The downside is that it’s VERY expensive if you book it at the last minute, and it doesn’t quite get you into the areas of London you’re probably staying in, so it will require a transfer. 

If you’re able to book more than 90 days in advance, you can get tickets for as little as £5.50 each way , which is a steal of a deal, and will cost about the same as the longer Tube option, taking about ¼ as long. 

The second option, which is expensive and likely takes about an hour, door to door, is taking a taxi . You can either pre-book a car hire to pick you up and drop you at your hotel, or grab one of London’s charming black taxi cabs from the stand at arrivals. Fares are standardized – sort of – and depend on the time of day and day of the week. You can find a general guide here on the government website with approximate fares based on when/where you’re going. 

Last is taking the Underground all the way from Heathrow, which is what we ended up doing. It costs right around £6, and takes about an hour to go from the airport to Central London on the Piccadilly Line. Depending on where you’re staying, you might need to make a transfer, which is relatively straightforward. Buy tickets at the machines at the airport just before you leave the concourse and enter the Underground station. 

Taking the Tube (another name for the Underground) during rush hour with luggage will likely be a nightmare, so take that into consideration if you’re arriving between 8:00 am – 10:00 am or 4:00 pm – 6:00 pm. 

Getting to London

When it comes to figuring out how to get yourself to London, you’ll find that the city is extremely well connected. The city is a major travel hub for Europe, the United States and countless other destinations around the world. 

Flying into London

Here’s a brief rundown of the major airports surrounding the city. There are three of them, and the main airport with the widest array of flights (and ways to get into the city) is London Heathrow (LHR) . 

London Heathrow (LHR)

Heathrow is by far the busiest airport in the UK. That means it’s probably the airport you’re most likely to be arriving at, especially if you’re flying in from the United States. 

Heathrow is the closest of the large London airports to the city center, so it’s definitely the best place to land if you have the choice.

London Gatwick (LGW)

Gatwick Airport is located 28 miles to the south of London. The airport is smaller than Heathrow, and mainly connects to destinations across Europe. If you’re planning on arriving on a budget flight (Easyjet, WizzAir, Ryanair) there’s a good chance you’ll come into Gatwick. 

Don’t be put off by Gatwick’s location. It’s extremely easy (and fast) to reach the center of London using the Gatwick Express direct train service. The trains run every 15 minutes between the airport’s South Terminal and London’s Victoria Station daily from 5:00 am until 12.30 am. The nonstop journey takes around 30 minutes.

London Stansted (STN)

London Stansted is situated to the north of the city, and it takes around 50 minutes to arrive at central London’s Liverpool Street Station by express train.  

Stansted, like Gatwick, is predominantly used by budget operators like Ryanair. Stanstead is a busy airport, but many of the flights cater to Eastern European destinations, so it may be of limited use for many of you.

Taking the Eurostar into London

Eurostar is a high-speed train service that links the UK to continental Europe. Trains travel through the Channel Tunnel, across the English countryside of Kent, before arriving in London’s King’s Cross St. Pancras Station .

So What’s the Appeal?

Well, for one, it’s very efficient. Paris to London takes around 2.5 hours, and you’ll arrive (and depart) from the heart of the city center at each end of your journey. 

It’s also possible to travel from Brussels, Amsterdam and even further out, meaning you could visit London by train as part of a longer European trip. Besides, there’s something romantic about traveling by train, and it’s something we wish we could do more of at home in the United States. 

Matt is the founder and main writer behind Wheatless Wanderlust, which he started back in 2018 as a way to share his gluten free travel guides with his fellow Celiac travelers.

Since then, Matt and his wife Alysha have visited 18 national parks, spent three months in Europe and six weeks in Colombia, and have explored every corner of the Pacific Northwest, which is where Matt grew up.

He writes super detailed guides to the places they visit, bringing together personal experience and historical context to help YOU plan an amazing trip.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

4 Days in London: Best London Itinerary (2024)

This 4 Day London itinerary includes the famous things to do in London, hidden gems and a variety of recommendations on where to stay and where to eat . This guide is based on our personal experience and we’re excited to help you plan your 4 days in London.

As we were born in the UK, we grew up visiting London at least once a year before deciding to rent a flat and call it home for a while! There’s just something that makes you fall in love with London , even though it’s busy and expensive.

If it’s your first time visiting London, you have lots to discover! From iconic red buses to hipster neighbourhoods, red phone booths, and impressive museums. There’s an endless amount of sights to see during your London 4 day itinerary and a variety of food!

London is absolutely huge , so with 4 days in London you won’t have time to visit all the best places to see. But we’ve done our best to create the most varied itinerary so that you can get the best out of your trip and feel like.

So, after learning a lot of tips and tricks whilst living here, we’re so excited to show you how to plan your 4 day London itinerary!

This post may contain affiliate links. We will receive a small commission if you make a purchase using these links, at no additional cost to you .

Table of Contents (Skip to a section!)

Planning 4 Days in London

• Currency  – British Pound Sterling, GBP (compare the currency  here )
• Cuisine  –  Fish and Chips, Pies, Sausage Rolls, Afternoon Tea & International Cuisines
• Sim Cards  – Buy an E-Sim online for $5 (1GB) for 7 days –  here’s the link !
• Apps  – Booking.com, City Mapper, Trainline, TFL Go
• Where to stay in London – Royal Park Hotel – find it on Booking.com here !
• Need travel insurance?  We use  SafetyWing  –  Find out more here!
• Here’s all the tips you need to know before visiting London !

Most Popular Tours & Activities in London:

• Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio Tour
• Harry Potter Guided Walking Tour
• Windsor, Stonehenge, Bath, and Roman Baths Day Trip
• Westminster to Greenwich River Thames Cruise
• Climb The Roof of The O2 Arena

Day 1 – Westminster, London Eye & Covent Garden

We’ve added all the tips you need to know on how to get to London at the end of this itinerary. There’s also more recommendations on where to stay and where to eat in the city.

We have created other London guides for you to check out alongside our London itinerary!

• 12 Things To Do in Brixton, London
• Best Vegan Bakeries in London

Admire Buckingham Palace

One of the best places to start your London 4 day itinerary is Buckingham Palace. It’s iconic, British and the most popular sight in London to see! It can get quite busy throughout the day, but there’s a big open space, so it won’t feel too crowded.

It’s nice to chill on the steps of the Victoria Memorial and you can go on tours inside the palace if you book in advance .

Time your visit so you can witness the Changing of the King’s Guard ceremony (from 10.45am on Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday)

Walk through St. James’s Park

After you visit Buckingham Palace, walk through St James’s Park to get to Westminster Abbey. This park is perfect in the Spring months with daffodils blossoming everywhere! You’ll find squirrels, ducks and all types of birds. We’ve walked through this park dozens of times over the years!

If you’re feeling hungry, there’s places like Pret to grab a sandwich or soup on the go! There aren’t the best restaurants around Westminster, but don’t worry we’ll show you amazing restaurants elsewhere in London later on!

See Westminster Abbey

The Westminster area can’t be missed on a London 4 day trip! If you’re on a budget you can still admire the exterior of these incredible buildings in London.

Westminster Abbey is an Anglican church – buy your tickets in advance on GetYourGuide (around £29 per person). It’s known as the most famous church in the UK and holds coronations, royal weddings and burials.

Many royal monarchs are buried in the abbey alongside notable people such as Stephen Hawking and Sir Isaac Newton. The architecture inside is beautiful with high arches and stained glass windows!

Whilst you’re in the area, take a visit to Downing St if you’re slightly interested in politics and you can also check out the Churchill War Rooms . It’s easy to get lost in the history of Westminster!

Spot the famous Big Ben

A short walk away from Westminster Abbey is the most famous landmark in London, Big Ben! The Palace of Westminster (House of Parliament) are right next to Big Ben, so they’re easy to see together.

If you admire the clock tower up close you’ll see the Victorian Gothic architecture! However, the best photos of Big Ben are from further away.

Walk over the River Thames via Westminster Bridge to get the best views of the impressive clock. You can also see the London Eye from here! Once on the other side if you turn right towards the National Covid Memorial Wall , you can capture beautiful photos of you in front of the houses of Parliament! Sometimes this spot gets very busy with que’s.

You can also catch a city sightseeing bus around London, taking you to the iconic spots! Find tickets online here .

See the London Eye

I’ve been on the London Eye once as a child and the views of London are impressive! Sadly it’s a little expensive to take a ride on the wheel and you usually have to book tickets in advance for the London eye . Although it’s a cool experience if this is on your London bucket list.

The Eye opens at 10 / 11 am, which perfectly aligns with this 4 day London itinerary. Sunset is a beautiful time to visit if you can time it up well.

Feel artsy in Leake Street

Walk behind the London Eye and you’ll come across Leake Street! A funky graffiti alley hidden under Waterloo train station. Every time we’ve visited, there have been artists creating new street art, and you have to prepare yourself for the strong smell of spray paint! The art is lovely though and it’s everywhere!

We also recommend Draughts if you want to do something cosy in London. It’s a board game cafe in the heart of Leake Street! You pay to enter and you can play unlimited board games! They even have vegan nachos – which are amazing.

Spending more time in the UK? Take the train to Edinburgh from London !

Go on a Southbank Walk

Anyway, now that you’re on the Southern side of the Thames, you can take a scenic stroll along the water to soak up the London lifestyle.

Explore Covent Garden

Once you’ve finished walking along the Thames, cross the Waterloo Bridge to get to Covent Garden! Wander around the markets if they’re still open and watch the crazy street performers.

Covent Garden is such a lively area in London and it’s right on the edge of the theatres. There’s multiple markets to explore selling artisanal products, designer shops and many cafes in the area.

There’s so many great places to eat around Covent Garden, here’s a few we can recommend: Mildreds, Sagar, Dishoom, Rosa’s Thai and Seven Dials Market for multiple options!

That’s the end of your first day in London and you’re not time-restricted, so it’s okay if you arrive in London in the late morning. Get some rest at your accommodation of choice and prepare for the second day of your London itinerary.

💤  Hotels – Book the Royal Park Hotel ! 🛌 Hostels – Book the Wombat’s City Hostel London !

Day 2 – Museums, Notting Hill, Hyde Park & Soho

Start your day bright and early in London to make sure you have breakfast before visiting your first spot of the day.

Visit the Natural History Museum

A visit to the Natural History Museum is a must when spending 4 days in London! Even if you’re not into museums, the Natural History Museum is worth a visit for 1 or 2 hours. The building is incredible and packed with history. Like most museums in London, it’s free to enter!

If we’re honest, the best part of the museum is the dinosaur section. There’s a huge animatronic t-rex that feels weirdly life-like! Although the welcoming hall with the blue whale skeleton is incredible!

The best way to get to the Natural History Museum is to take the tube to South Kensington. The area is lovely to browse around if you have time after your museum visit.

Admire Kensington Palace

Head up towards Hyde Park to visit Kensington Palace on your way to Notting Hill. The walk takes about 20 minutes and you can buy tickets in advance to visit inside .

Kensington Palace is a historic royal residence originally built in the early 17th century. It is still the official residence for members of the royal family (although not all) and even some regular folk live there too!

The gardens surrounding Kensington Palace are beautiful in all seasons and are worth visiting if you’re close by.

Wander through Notting Hill

After Kensington Palace, make your way over to Notting Hill and Portobello Road Market! We’ve visited Notting Hill many times before and we have still never seen the film.

Notting Hill is London’s colourful gem with vibrant houses and trendy cafes. If you want to see the most colourful houses in the neighbourhood , spend some time getting lost in the streets! St Lukes Mews and Colville Terrace are a good place to start.

Eat at Portobello Road Market

Portobello Road Market is in the heart of Notting Hill but deserves its own spot on this 4 day London itinerary! Take some time to wander around the markets looking at all the antique gems and vintage clothing!

It’s also a great place to find some food! We recommend checking out Portobello’s Health Food, Happy Donuts Portobello, Benji’s Buns or Buns From Home.

Walk in Hyde Park

Head back towards Hyde Park through Kensington Gardens and enjoy being in nature! If it’s a nice day, take a boat on the Serpentine Lake. Hyde Park is beautiful to explore in all seasons! Our favourite time of year is Autumn when the leaves turn orange and squirrels find their food!

It’s also fun to grab a bike and cycle through the park! Find a Santander Bike to rent and lock it up at any of the free stations. Be sure to check the pathways for cycle lanes!

Hyde Park is also home to Winter Wonderland from late November to January! There’s a fee to enter and you have to book online, but it’s very Christmassy if you love markets!

Before moving to London, we used to visit London at least once a year on a day trip from Bristol and always visited Hyde Park!

Dinner in Soho

Walk over to the Soho area for the evening and grab some food before watching a West End Show! There are many places to eat around Soho and Covent Garden for a pre-theatre experience . We highly recommend Sagar if you’re into South Indian food. The masala dosas are our favourite! Mildreds is also a lovely experience, we’ve included a photo below!

Soho at night is completely different to the daytime. There’s cosy pubs, high-energy clubs and a huge pre-theatre atmosphere. There’s also a few rooftop bars in London to enjoy such as Willows On The Roof .

See a West End Show

A visit to London’s West End is an experience to remember! From world-class theatre productions to indie shows, you’ll find something interesting to watch. Here’s a few of our recommendations:

• Back to the Future: The Musical (this is the one we saw!)
• The Lion King
• Les Misérables
• Harry Potter and the Cursed Child
• Stranger Things: The First Shadow

After another busy day on your 4 day London itinerary, it’s time to rest up and prepare for day 3!

Day 3 – Tower Bridge, Markets, Views & Shoreditch

On day 3 of your 4 days in London, you’ll check out East London and one of the most famous markets in the city! Start your day with breakfast from your hotel or grab a pastry from a bakery. We recommend Blank Coffee (if you’re in Brixton), Pret and Gails. You can even try a full English breakfast if it’s your first time in the UK!

Visit Tower of London

After fuelling up for the day, start your morning with a visit to the Tower of London. Book your tickets in advance to make sure you have a spot! Spend a couple of hours exploring the historic fortress and check out the Crown Jewels . Find tickets online here !

Even if you don’t want to pay to go inside the grounds, you can walk around the area and admire the medieval castle.

Admire the Tower Bridge

From the Tower of London, you can easily walk to the Tower Bridge. In fact, you would have already seen it from the Tower of London! Take a lovely stroll across the Tower Bridge and embrace one of the best things to see in London.

The Tower Bridge was created tall and mighty to let ships pass through the bridge whilst also acting as a crossing for vehicles and pedestrians. If you’re lucky you might see it in action! There’s also a not-so-secret walkway with glass floors to watch the river from above! Although there is a fee to enter ( buy tickets here ) and there are often queues these days.

Also, check out the Thames Historical Wharf Bridges !

You can also take a boat cruise on the River Thames and see all the icons from the water! Book your tickets here !

Grab lunch in Borough Market

Walk over the bridge and head west to reach Borough Market – one of the most famous food markets in London! We’ve visited Borough Market multiple times whilst living in London (and even many trips before) and there’s always a new snack to find!

Borough Market is one of the oldest markets in the city with high-quality produce and artisanal goods. Some items are a little more expensive than supermarkets but we love visiting for the lunch options!

As we’re vegan, we love hunting for the best vegan food in Borough Market and there are so many options! Here’s our favourite places in the market:

• Horn OK – Indian Dosas
• Humble Crumble – British Crumble (we’ve included this in our Vegan Bakeries in London list)
• Mallow – a High-Quality Vegan Restaurant
• After School Cookie Club – Cookies!
• The Cinnamon Tree Bakery – Bakery Stall

If you fancy taking a detour on the way to your next destination, check out the Millennium Bridge and St Paul Cathedral. There’s just too much to do in London in 4 days, we couldn’t fit these into the full itinerary.

Explore Maltby Street Market

A 20-minute walk away from Borough Market is Maltby Street Market – another food market in London, but a lot smaller. There’s a few more stalls over here if you’re a foodie! Our favourite is Kegarmo , a fully vegan bakery serving a full variety of cakes, brownies and sometimes pastries!

Check out our London Travel Tips to plan your trip!

See the views from Sky Garden

Head north over the bridge and look out for the Sky Garden! You can also find Monument and St Dunstan in the East Church Garden in this area if you have time to spare.

The Sky Garden (or another viewpoint in London) should be on your 4 day London itinerary! The 360 views are incredible and the viewpoint is inside, so it’s perfect for any weather. We never got bored of the views from up here.

Although the tickets for the Sky Garden are free, they get booked up really fast, especially on the weekends. Check for free Sky Garden tickets online – you can book up to 4 weeks in advance.

More Rooftop Viewpoints in London

If you didn’t book tickets in advance for Sky Garden, try your luck with these rooftop viewpoints.

• One New Change’s Rooftop Terrace
• The Garden at 120
• Tate Modern

Wander through Leadenhall Market

On your way to Shoreditch pass by Leadenhall Market for a Harry Potter-inspired historical visit! Leadenhall Market is a Victorian marketplace with a few restaurants and shops inside. Walk along the cobbled stones and admire the architecture whilst window shopping. Leadenhall Market was also a filming location for the Leaky Cauldron in Harry Potter!

Are you a Harry Potter Fan? Join a Harry Potter walking tour in London !

Explore Shoreditch

Make your way to Spitalfields and Shoreditch to enjoy the artsy feel of East London. Shoreditch is one of our favourite neighbourhoods in London. There’s always a cool vibe in the area with vintage shops, hipster cafes and an incredible amount of good vegan food.

For dinner, we recommend Tofu Vegan or Club Mexicana! You can’t go wrong with either!

There’s funky street art on every corner and always something going on, it’s an awesome atmosphere to be around. You can also join a Jack the Ripper Tour to learn more about the British serial killer.

Here’s a few places to visit in Shoreditch:

• Street Art Tour – take a tour to admire the best murals in Shoreditch
• Truman Brewery – a place for exhibitions and events
• Brick Lane – a colourful street with vintage clothes and Indian restaurants
• Old Spitalfields Market – amazing food stalls & shops
• Columbia Road Flower Market – only on Sundays

Shoreditch also has a booming nightlife to enjoy your evening or many cool places to check out such as Junkyard Golf Club and a VR Games Experience!

Day 4 – The British Museum, China Town, & The Best Views of London

On your last day in London, you may be feeling pretty tired . There’s so much to do in this big city! But, if you’re up for it, we have planned out the last day of your 4 days in London, so get ready for another adventure!

Discover the British Museum

Similar to day 2 of this London itinerary, start your morning off with a visit to one of London’s free museums! The British Museum is full of artefacts from all over the world. Sometimes we feel like some of these artefacts shouldn’t belong in London, but at least they do a good job of keeping it safe. If you love history, consider taking a guided tour !

Walk around Trafalgar Square

From the British Museum head south through Covent Garden to reach Trafalgar Square. A name you might have heard of before reading this 4 day London itinerary. You’ll notice Nelson’s Column monument standing tall with impressive fountains on either side.

The National Gallery is directly opposite where a lot of events happen in London. We stumbled across an event once where famous people were being photographed!

Explore Leicester Square

Head to Leicester Square to see a different side of London! This is the most touristy place with souvenir shops and street performers everywhere! It’s home to the major cinemas where red carpet events happen, M&M World, a lego shop and it’s also on the edge of Chinatown.

This is the perfect time to have lunch, so take a visit to either Seven Dials (a variety of cuisines) or make your way to Chinatown for a feast!

In Seven Dials we recommend Yum Bun and Chai Guys!

Get lost in China Town

Even though it’s touristy, a visit to Chinatown is worth it during your 4 days in London. Walk through the iconic Chinatown Gates, browse in the Chinese shops and fill up on China-inspired snacks! There are plenty of Chinese restaurants to choose from including Hong Kong-style bakeries. It’s also a great spot for bubble tea and other Asian cuisines! We get our noodles from Loon Fung Chinatown!

Visit the chaotic Oxford Street

We would usually say to avoid Oxford Street, especially if you’re not into shopping. But, it’s made it on our 4 day London itinerary as one of the places you have to experience at least once. We’ve walked through the busy and chaotic streets so many times whilst living in London and it’s mainly big chain shops like SportsDirect, Zara and H&M.

Just off Oxford Street is our favourite bubble tea place, Nuttea! It’s ironically not in Chinatown, but tastes so authentic as they have a Nuttea in Taipei too!

Christmas is one of the best times to visit Oxford and Carnaby Street to see the lights. They’re both worth looking at and great if you love to shop!

Find viewpoints in London

End your day in a Park of your choice from Greenwich Park, Regents Park or Primrose Hill . We’ve chosen to finish your London 4 day itinerary on whichever area you’d like to visit and how much time you have left in the day.

Greenwich Park is amazing to visit but it’s a little out of the way if you’re not staying in East London. Greenwich itself has plenty to do with tasty restaurants, another market and antique shops. The park offers views of the London skyline and it’s absolutely beautiful in cherry blossom season.

Regents Park is very central and a walk around the boating lake is a lovely way to end your 4 days in London! Primrose Hill is a beautiful place to watch the sunset view of the London skyline! We’ve only visited on a cold wintery day, but we’ve been told that sunsets here in the summer are perfect!

Alternative Things to do in London in 4 days

There’s simply too many things to do in London, especially in four days. Here’s a few alternative ideas for you:

• Battersea Park – our favourite park in London!
• Camden Market – explore Camden town and eat your heart out in the market.
• National Gallery – admire masterpieces from artists like Van Gogh and Da Vinci.
• Victoria Park in Hackney – another lovely park in East London.
• Visit Harrods & Chelsea – start to feel fancy with a visit to the expensive neighbourhoods!
• Kew Gardens – take a visit outside of the city and into nature.
• Richmond Park – spot wild deer and cycle around the big nature-filled park!
• Shakespeare’s Globe and Tate Modern – watch a show and admire art.
• Little Venice and Regent’s Canal – walk along the canal admiring the long canal boats.

4 Day London Itinerary Overview

Day 1 – Buckingham Palace, St. James’s Park, Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, Southbank Walk, London Eye, Leake Street & Covent Garden

Day 2 – Natural History Museum, Kensington Palace, Notting Hill, Portobello Road Market, Hyde Park, Dinner at Soho, West End Show

Day 3 – Tower of London, Tower Bridge, Lunch in Borough Market, Maltby Street Market, Sky Garden, Leadenhall Market & Shoreditch

Day 4 – British Museum, Trafalgar Square, Leicester Square, China Town, Oxford Street, End your day in a Park of your choice Greenwich Park, Regents Park or Primrose Hill

Where to stay in London

We recommend staying in Southbank if it’s your first time in London. It’s central, walkable to some of the city’s highlights and well-connected to transport. Areas such as Soho and Covent Garden are also great central places to stay although the prices are higher in this area. We usually find accommodation deals in the Paddington area, just above Hyde Park.

If you’re on a budget in London, there’s a few great hostels to check out during your 4-day London itinerary.

Hostels in London

• Wombat’s City Hostel London ££ – Stay at the best hostel in London, right near London Bridge – Find on Hostelworld here !
• Safestay London Elephant & Castle £-££ – We’ve stayed here before and it does the job! It’s cheap for a visit to London and the nearby transport links to anywhere in London – Find it on Booking.com here !

Hotels in London

• Royal Park Hotel ££ – Right on the corner of Hyde Park in West London, this hotel is in the perfect location for 4 days in London – Find it on Booking.com here !
• Tulse Hill Luxury Cosy Rooms £-££ – A little out of the city centre, but affordable for London Find on Booking.com here !
• Adria Hotel ££ – A cosy hotel in Weston London – Find on Booking.com !

Where to eat in London

London is home to some of our favourite restaurants in the world. It’s a vegan paradise and we’re so lucky to have all of these incredible options. Here’s a short list of our favourite places to eat in London (there’s too many to choose):

Restaurants:

• Club Mexicana
• Neat Burger

Best Snacks:

• Ben’s Cookies
• Happy Donuts
• Third Culture

Cafes / Drinks:

• British Patagonia

How to get around London

London is an easy city to get around – it can just take some time to travel through the city. We love walking around London, it’s the best way to find hidden gems and little shops. However, the city is huge! So we do have to get transport most of the time. Here’s a few ways how to get around London:

London Underground (Tube) – The fastest way to get around, fares are £2.80 or £3.40 during peak hours (Monday to Friday between 6:30 am to 9:30 am). Some lines don’t have a signal for the internet, so make sure you have your Google Maps up before heading underground.

You can pay contactless or purchase an Oyster Card for £7 which you can top up for convenience (it will only save you money if you link it to your Railcard). Use the same card to pay for your day of travel as it caps at around £8.10 if you stay in Zone 1 & 2. The Overground & DLR are similar to the tube!

Buses – The buses in London cover almost everywhere in the city and they’re cheaper than the tube at £1.75 and you can transfer to another bus as part of the same ticket.

Trains – London has many train stations connecting to destinations outside of central or elsewhere in the UK. They’re generally more expensive than tubes. Major train stations include Paddington, King’s Cross, and Victoria.

Rent a bike – Santander Bikes and E-Scooters are all over the city. Connect your card to an app and simply rent one to explore the city. Be careful of the busy traffic and monitor your time as they can get quite expensive!

Taxi’s / Uber / Lyft – Download an app to call a ride-sharing service or hail down a taxi on the street. These are another expensive way to travel, it may be better to use public transport if you have the time and capability.

How to get to London

How to get to London City Centre from the Main Airports

• Heathrow Airport (LHR): One of the major international airports, Heathrow is well-connected to central London by the Heathrow Express train and the tube. You can buy tickets at the station!
• Gatwick Airport (LGW): Gatwick is accessible via the Gatwick Express train, Southern or Thameslink trains, or National Express coaches. The trains will take you to Victoria and then you can catch a tube or bus to your accommodation.
• Stansted Airport (STN): The Stansted Express train is the best way to get to the city centre from the airport. It will drop you off at Liverpool Street Station, where you can find further transport.
• Luton Airport (LTN): Thameslink trains and National Express coaches connect Luton Airport to central London.

How to get to London City Centre by Train:

• Eurostar: If you’re coming from Paris, Brussels or Amsterdam by Eurostar, you’ll arrive at St Pancras International! Head to Kings Cross to find further transport to your accommodation!
• National Rail : Major train stations include King’s Cross, Euston, Paddington, Liverpool Street, and Victoria. These are all very central and great ways to enter the city! Book Trains in advance here !

How to get to London City Centre by Bus:

• National Express and Megabus are affordable ways of visiting London from destinations in the UK and nearby countries in Europe. They will take you to Victoria where you can walk into central London or get the tube to anywhere else!

How to get to London City Centre by Car:

• London has a Congestion Charge when travelling by car. Parking can be expensive but there are options around the city. It’s best to park outside the city and catch a train or tube into central.

Take a day trip to Cambridge or spend the day in York from London ! We also love visiting Brighton from London as it’s so close!

Best Time to Visit London

The best time to visit London is between March to May and September to October when it’s the shoulder season and the weather is likely to be mild!

Although the summertime (June to August) is a lovely time to be in London , it is usually the busiest and most expensive time to visit. Accommodation prices are at their highest and when there’s a heat wave, it’s super hot, even inside. Most places in the UK aren’t built for hot weather!

The Christmas season is an amazing time to visit London as the whole city is dazzled with lights and you can visit the many Christmas markets. It’s usually very busy the week of Christmas with many shoppers from around the UK and it may be best to visit early to mid-December!

No matter what time of year you visit London, remember that the weather is unpredictable and it’s best to bring an umbrella or raincoat with you at all times.

There are many interesting events in London, here’s a few you might be interested in:

• London Marathon – Various
• London Pride – June 2024
• Wimbledon Tennis – July 2024
• Notting Hill Carnival – August 2024
• BFI London Film Festival – October 2024
• New Year’s Day – December 2024

What to do in London at Night

London isn’t a sleepy city – there are so many things to do in London when day turns to night. Most restaurants are open late, there’s plenty of pubs to enjoy and even some museums are open until the evening. Here’s a few of our suggestions for what to do in London at night:

• Watch a show
• Head to a Comedy Club
• Cosy up in a British Pub
• Try out VR, NQ64 or Monopoly Lifesize
• Dinner Cruise on the Thames
• Ice Skating (Winter only)
• Go on a Pub Crawl !

That’s the end of our 4 day London itinerary ! Enjoy your well-planned trip to the incredible capital city and have the best time exploring the sights. Browse our other London guides for more info to plan your trip!

• Best Things To Do in Brixton, London
• London Travel Tips
• Vegan in Borough Market Guide

LIKE THIS POST? PIN IT FOR LATER & SHARE IT WITH OTHERS!

Amy & Dan are the founders of The Sunrise Dreamers. They are travellers from the UK who have been on the road since 2017 whilst living in places like England, Canada, Thailand and the Canary Islands. They share their knowledge of travelling the world with detailed travel guides and tips. They're experts in vegan travel and show their audience how to travel on a budget.

Similar Posts

Ultimate 1 Week Romania Itinerary: Using Public Transport

Planning a 1 week Romania itinerary using public transport? Here’s our guide on how to get around Romania using trains,…

30+ Best Vegan Bakeries in London & Desserts (2024)

If you’re on the hunt for the best vegan bakeries in London, you’re in for a treat (quite literally). From…

2 Day Plovdiv Itinerary: Best Things To Do in Plovdiv (2024)

Planning a 2 day Plovdiv Itinerary? Welcome to our Plovdiv travel guide! We’ll show you the best things to do…

Where to stay in Tenerife: 10 Best Areas To Stay

Wondering where to stay in Tenerife? Here’s our detailed travel guide on the best neighbourhoods and areas to stay in…

Vegan in Krakow Guide: 12+ Best Vegan Restaurants

If you didn’t already know, Poland is an incredible country for vegan food! We’ve visited Krakow twice now and have…

4 Day Istanbul Itinerary: Best Things To Do in Istanbul (2024)

Planning a 4 day Istanbul itinerary? Here’s our travel guide to the most beautiful places to visit in Istanbul. Spend…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

All Destinations , Europe , London , United Kingdom

The best london itinerary: 4 days in the british capital.

London’s a city that every travel-lover has to visit at some point in their lives (and somewhere I should stop taking for granted).

It’s got nearly everything you’d want in a city: history, culture, good food, nightlife, entertainment in all shapes and sizes and attractions for literally anyone.

The only thing we’re missing in ol blighty is some decent weather.

No, I’m being mean here. We do get sunshine sometimes – and London’s worth visiting even in the rain, trust me.

I was born in Bromley, the largest London borough, and lived there for the first 18 years of my life.

While I travel around now, London is my official ‘home’ base, so I feel like it’s about time I created a London itinerary to show you all the best of my home city.

I’m going to guess you know the main highlights of London already, but this itinerary will really help you when you’re trying to work out exactly what to do when on your 4 days (or more!) in London.

This 4 day London itinerary covers the highlights of the city, including attractions like Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, the Tower of London and St Paul’s Cathedral.

I also feature the best entertainment facilities and some other attractions that you might not know about, including some of the best free things to do in London .

Plus, this guide includes some of my favourite restaurants in London and some recommendations of where to stay in London.

While 4 days in London is a good amount of time to scratch the surface, you could spend an almost unlimited amount of time in this city.

I lived in London for 18 years and I’m still nowhere near seeing it all!

If you’re wondering how much time to spend in London, I’ll include a section at the end of this post about ideas for extra days, including some day trips from London.

But London is worth visiting to visit no matter how much time you have. And the beauty is, you can come back to it time and time again.

London changes each season, each year, each week. It’s hardly the same now as it was an hour ago.

It’s such a dynamic and evolving city that constantly keeps people coming back for more.

And I’m so lucky that I can keep on coming back for more.

Without further ado, let’s delve into this 4 days in London itinerary for first-timers.

Day Zero – touch down in London town

Obviously, for this London itinerary, 4 days is the optimal amount of time, but I’m writing presuming that you have arrived in the city on the evening before this itinerary begins.

If you arrived at a different time, adjust accordingly!

London is very well connected to almost everywhere in the world – there’s even a direct flight from London Heathrow to Perth, Australia nowadays.

Arrive at the airport and travel to your hotel – your options include (from cheapest to most expensive) coach, tube, train or taxi. Here are some of the best places to stay in London for a week , if you’re yet to book!

If you’re visiting London from Europe, train or coach from the continent might be a more budget-friendly option than flying (plus it’s better for the environment !) – and you’ll be dropped a lot closer to the centre.

If you’re travelling to London from elsewhere in the UK, the best ways to reach the centre are by train or coach (the coach, especially the Megabus, is much cheaper).

London Itinerary Day 1: The Highlights

Westminster abbey.

Begin your day at Westminster tube station.

Served by the Circle, District and Jubilee lines, it’s the perfect launching pad for Westminster Abbey – one of London’s most famous attractions .

Westminster Abbey has a photographer’s dream for an exterior; but once you’ve got a very British snap for the exterior (the more union jacks you can get into the frame, the better!) you’ll want to check out the inside.

The building was erected between 1245 and 1272 and is the place where various famous people from British history were buried, including:

• Edward the Confessor
• Elizabeth I
• Anne of Cleves
• Sir Isaac Newton
• Charles Darwin
• Charles Dickens
• And many more!

It was also the wedding venue of Prince William and Kate Middleton, making it a popular spot with fans of the royal family.

Another highlight is the Coronation Chair, which every king and queen since at least 1399 has been crowned on. Westminster Abbey is really one of the essential places to visit in London to learn about British culture and history.

It costs £22 to purchase tickets on the door or £20 to buy them in advance online .

I know that’s a bit of a painful amount to cough up on your first morning, especially if you’re paying for a family, but it’s worth it.

Buckingham Palace

Once you’ve got your fill of the abbey, it’s a 14 minute walk to Buckingham Palace.

You can only go inside two months of the year (and it’s expensive!) but the guard change is year-round – although not daily. Check whether the guard change will be on here .

The exterior of Buckingham Palace is grand and is perfect for exploring, even if the change of the guards isn’t on.

It’s a huge place, and there are some great photo angles to catch.

After you’re done walking around Buckingham Palace, take a stroll through Green Park. This is a leafy area that’s a pleasant green lung in the city.

You’ll eventually reach Picadilly (great for you monopoly enthusiasts!), which is an iconic London street to stroll down.

You’ll walk past the Ritz Hotel and will see London cabs, red phone boxes and equally scarlet double-decker buses go past.

Lunch in Soho

Taking a left from Piccadilly, you’ll start to reach Soho.

This is a fun spot to walk around and is also great for lunch! I’d highly recommend the delicious all-vegetarian restaurant Mildreds  which harks back to 1988.

It can get busy there and they don’t take bookings, so be prepared for a short wait, but know that it is well worth it!

The British Museum

After lunch, it’s time to check out a museum!

The British Museum is one of the best collections of global history and art in the world. And it’s completely free to enter!

It was the first national museum to be open to the public in the museum and has findings made by British explorers from home and abroad.

It includes exhibits from Ancient Iran, Greece, China, Egypt and more.

Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, the London Eye and The Thames

Once you’ve finished at the British Museum, it’s time to walk towards Big Ben (which is actually the name of the bell, not the tower, which goes by Elizabeth Tower ) and the Houses of Parliament.

While these attractions are generally admired from the outside, it is possible to witness a debate at the Houses of Parliament .

You’ll need to book in advance, but they are free to attend.

If you don’t fancy watching Boris and Keir have a jolly old showdown in the houses (disclaimer: they may not be there, even if you do book tickets), just take a stroll by the Thames and enjoy soaking in the quintessential London atmosphere.

Nearby is the London Eye, which is a must-do while in the capital.

You can purchase tickets in advance or buy them there .

They are slightly cheaper in advance and you won’t need to wait, but you will be locked into a time.

With any luck, you’ll see the city spread out beneath you in light, at dusk, and in dark (I mean, you’ve got to time it really well, but let’s presume you’re lucky).

Afterwards, I recommend checking out a film at the IMAX and having dinner nearby.

London Itinerary Day 2: The City of London

St paul’s cathedral.

It’s time to see the City of London for your second day in the capital.

Start your day at St Paul’s Cathedral . The nearest tube station is the creatively named St Paul’s tube station.

St Paul’s is one of London’s prime attractions. Tickets cost £18 and doors are open from 8:30am, with the galleries opening at 9:30am.

Highlights of St Paul’s Cathedral include:

• Seeing scenes of the life of St. Paul
• The Duke of Wellington monument
• Walking up to the top of the Dome and the Whispering Gallery which is where the slightest whisper can be heard around the cathedral
• The Stone Gallery and the Golden Gallery
• The crypt, which is the resting place for some of London’s most notable characters including the Duke of Wellington and Admiral Nelson.
• Ocolus which is inside a theatre in the crypt, with a 270 degree film detailing the history of St Paul’s.
• Other chapels including the All Soul’s Chapel, St. Micheal and St George Chapel, Middlesex Chapel and the American Memorial Chapel

Tower of London

Next up is the Tower of London.

Located a 22-minute walk from St Paul’s Cathedral, it’s a great spot to visit. You’re in the bridge region of London (disclaimer: I just made up this name), so go via Millennium Bridge.

This bridge was used in Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince as the site of a dementor attack. Spooky!

Walk back over the iconic Tower Bridge to reach the Tower of London.

Tower Bridge is a great photography spot in London; you’ll be able to snap the bridge itself from different angles and the view of the castle and the rest of the city from the side.

Then it is time for the Tower of London . This spooky joint is one of the best attractions in London and is oozing with British history.

It has had a varied past; enjoying life as the Royal Mint, a jail, and even a zoo.

You’ll get to learn some fun facts about the history of London while you walk around the tower and see the Crown Jewels, which reside there.

It costs £22.70 for adult entrance.

Lunch: Borough Market

After ticking off two of Britain’s top attractions, you’ll most likely be a tad peckish! Have no fear, nearby is Borough Market.

Borough Market is London’s oldest food market and has been around for a whole 1000 years. It’s made giant leaps and bounds in the last millennium and now nods to London’s cosmopolitanism by having a fantastic range of world food stalls.

There are a few vegetarian-only stalls in Borough Market , most of which have lots of vegan options.

These include The Big V with seitan mushroom burgers and hotdogs, the Egyptian stall Koshari Street, Gujarati Rasoi which is a vegetarian Indian stall with some vegan options, middle-eastern meze stall Arabica and Sweet Roots which serve vegan sweets.

Oxford Street

After enjoying the bustling market, take a tube to Oxford Street.

It is the busiest shopping street in Europe, but even if you don’t want to shop here it’s worth a stroll around to soak in the atmosphere. (I actually don’t think I’ve ever bought something from Oxford Street – shopping stresses me out).

Selfridges is probably the most famous shop on the street, with six floors and 11 places to eat.

There are also many British high street stores – more often than not it will be the largest branch in the country. If you’re like me and aren’t a fan of clothes shopping, check out Foyles which is a huge independent bookstore.

I’d probably spend my entire 4 days in London here, but there are some other attractions to check out in the area, like Marble Arch.

This monument is a famous London landmark and used to be a place of public execution. Just in case the Tower of London wasn’t enough of London’s gory history for the day!

If Oxford Street really isn’t your thing, Hyde Park is nearby.

It’s the green lung of the city and is home to walking trails, flora and fauna, boating opportunities, a Speaker’s Corner which has been the site of speeches and debates since the 1800s and many memorials, fountains and statues.

Covent Garden

Phew! Once you’ve done about as much hiking in London as you can – whether it’s through the stores or around Hyde Park, check out Covent Garden for dinner.

It’s lovely at any time of day, but the evening is when it comes alive, with live street performers, buskers and a lovely atmosphere. Grab some dinner in town – I highly recommend the all-vegan By Chloe in Covent Garden, where you can grab some veganized British classics.

My favourite is the ‘fish’ and chips, but there is also shepherd’s pie, macaroni cheese and more – all completely vegan!. With amazing options for cruelty-free British food, there’s no reason to want to reach for the meaty options.

The West End

After a yummy dinner, head to the West End to see a show. There are a range of shows throughout the year, including the Lion King, Wicked and more. Buy tickets from here.

London Itinerary Day 3: The East and West Ends

Natural history museum.

Day 3 kicks off with another free museum.

The Natural History Museum is one of London’s best and displays a range of artifacts from British and national history.

You’ll learn all about the dinosaurs that once roamed the country (and see some huge skeletons!), educate yourself in the flora and fauna of Britain and even get the chance to go inside an earthquake simulation.

If you have time the natural history museum can be twinned with a visit to the V&A (Victoria and Albert) museum.

This museum is one of the world’s best collections of art and design objects.

With many national collections of the UK as well as examples of architecture, furniture, fashion, textiles and photography, visiting the V&A is an enthralling experience.

It is just a short walk from the V&A Museum to Harrods.

I’d recommend having lunch here – although it will come with a hefty price tag, it is a quintessentially British experience.

There are a few different restaurant options within Harrods, from fine dining to afternoon teas . Pick your favourite depending on your tastes and appetite!

The East End – Self Guided Walking Tour

After a fairly elegant morning in eastern London, take the tube to London’s east to explore this neighbourhood.

Take the tube to St Paul’s (and say hello to the cathedral again!) before exploring the east.

The rest of day 3 of your 4 day London itinerary will take you on a walking tour slowly east, to see some of the best parts of this area of London.

The Great Wall of London

First up, the remains of London’s Roman Wall are quite significant – and a tourist attraction that many do not see.

There’s hardly any of them now, but they are worth the trip. They are close to St Paul’s underground station and the cathedral.

One New Change Shopping Centre

Next up, head to One New Change shopping centre. ‘Another shop?!’ I hear you cry. Don’t worry, I’m not recommending any time in Topshop – head to the rooftop to catch a winning view of the City of London.

Trust me, you won’t be disappointed. If the mood takes you, you could also visit the rooftop bar, Madison, for a glass of prosecco while gazing over St Paul’s massive dome.

Leadenhall Market

Walk through the streets of east London, enjoying the old buildings that are brimming with history throughout the decades. Eventually, you’ll get to Leadenhall Market, which is a must-see for any Harry Potter fans among you!

It served as part of Diagon Alley in the first film of Harry Potter.

The doorway to the Leaky Cauldron pub is actually an optician, located at 42 Bull’s Head Passage.

As you walk around Leadenhall, you’ll get a real sense of the magic of the wizarding world and your main question will be should I buy my wand or my wizarding hat first?

The Gherkin

As you head north-east, you’ll walk right past the Gherkin.

This interesting building has been used as an icon for London’s business focus since it was constructed (have you ever seen The Apprentice?) and it’s certainly an interesting shape, great for some photos!

Jack the Ripper Tours

Jack the Ripper tours leave from near the Gherkin.

If you fancy being spooked, this hour and a half trip will show you around the east end and detail some of its goriest history. Jack the Ripper was a serial killer in the 19 th century, who remained unidentified.

It will give you a good understanding of the perils of 19 th century London, with some interesting stories to boot.

Old Spitalfields Market

If you don’t fancy the ghost tour, you can carry on with this self-guided walking tour.

Next is Old Spitalfields Market.

Harking from the 17 th Century, Old Spitalfields serves lots of delicious food stalls – perfect for an afternoon snack! – and is home to jewellery, books and clothes vendors.

Be sure not to eat too much at Old Spitalfields though, because it’s dinner time!

Brick Lane is one of the most vibrant parts of the city of London and is perfect for Britain’s favourite meal… curry!

Before dinner, take a walk around Brick Lane to see some of the intriguing street art that tells the tale of this area of the city.

Another fun thing to do near Brick Lane is seeing the street art.

Artists like Banksy, D*Face and Ben Eine have all decorated the walls of the street. Other highlights on the road are the Great London Mosque, historic buildings like The Director’s House, the Vat House and the Engineer’s House.

And of course, there’s nowhere better than Brick Lane for curry. Eateries line the streets, all offering authentic dishes from India and Pakistan. There’s even an all vegan curry house, City Spice .

After your meal, head into Shoreditch high street for some nightlife.

Bar-hopping is one of the best things to do in Shoreditch , and it has a great vibe any day of the week.

Favourites include Ballie Ballerson (which has giant ball pits!), the Book Club (of course I’m recommending a club involving books – there’s more beer than Bronte there though I promise!) and the Blues Kitchen.

London Itinerary Day 4: The Suburbs of London

Shoreditch is a good time, but it has a tendency to make people’s heads hurt the next day.

If you’re not too under the weather, get up early to visit Greenwich on your last day in London.

South of the CBD, Greenwich feels like a town within itself – which it is, really. It is home to a beautiful park, the Cutty Sark, the east and west hemispheres and lots of pubs, bars and restaurants. It’s an absolutely beautiful place for a stroll around as well.

In Greenwich observatory it’s possible to visit the planetarium to find out more about the cosmos that surrounds us – a humbling experience.

After, learn about the history of Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) which will detail how clocks changed the world.

You’ll get to learn all about why the Meridian Line is there – and then head to the line itself to stand with one foot in the east and one in the west hemisphere!

Next, move on to Cutty Sark. The fastest ship of her day, the Cutty Sark now resides on the Thames at Greenwich.

The ship can be climbed upon, giving visitors the chance to learn how to steer the ship.

It also tells guests the story of the boat and there are spectacular views from the boat. It costs £12.15 for adults to visit the Cutty Sark, and £6.30 for children.

Once you’re sarked out, there is also a brewery next door which is worth a visit, especially if you’re a beer connoisseur.

Brewery tours are a little limited – they are at 7pm every weekday and at various times over the weekend – but you can still purchase a couple of bottles outside these hours for the next stop on your London itinerary… Which is a picnic in Greenwich Park!

This huge green space is ideally situated over the London skyline.

Purchase some goodies from one of the mini supermarkets in Greenwich (not tryna brag, but London’s to go food section is probably the best in the world) and enjoy your lunch while looking over the capital of Britain.

Help your food go down by a stroll around the park afterwards.

This green space in the middle of such a busy city is a lovely way to spend an afternoon.

If you’re visiting London in the winter and it’s not quite picnicking weather, grab some lunch at one of the many charismatic pubs or restaurants in Greenwich.

After eating, you have a few options to spend your afternoon.

Climb Up the O2

If it takes your fancy, you can scale the O2, Britain’s favourite concert arena!

It was built for the Millenium and was only meant to be a temporary part of the city, but because people loved it so much it was made into a live music venue. It also accommodates clubs, restaurants and bars.

It is 52 metres at its highest point and climbing up this building is known as ‘urban mountaineering at its finest’.

Tickets for Up at the O2 start at £30 and must be booked in advance.

If you choose this option you may prefer to get dinner in the O2 rather than going to Camden in London’s north, as suggested in this guide.

There are tons of restaurants within the arena, so you won’t have any trouble finding somewhere! Also check the Indigo2 website to see what is on.

Chislehurst Caves

If you have time, it is well worth the 30 minute journey to Chislehurst to see the Chislehurst Caves.

They are actually manmade mines and hark back from the Saxon age and served as London’s largest air raid shelter in World War Two. The cave network was known as “The Town Underground”, and had facilities such as a shop, a school, a church and a citizens advice bureau!

In more recent times they have been a concert venue, and the likes of David Bowie (a local star), Pink Floyd and The Who have all played there!

Tours leave every hour on the hour. From Chislehurst, you can take a train directly to London Bridge.

Ice Skating at Canary Wharf

If you prefer and it is winter, from Greenwich consider taking the DLR to Canary Wharf to go ice skating amongst London’s tallest buildings.

Imperial War Museum

Another option is, if I haven’t museum-ed you out yet, to take the DLR from Greenwich to Bank and then the Northern Line to Elephant and Castle.

From here you can go to the Imperial War Museum. While horrific and devastating in parts, the museum is very beneficial to visit to understand the wars that the UK has been involved in.

If you aren’t feeling another museum, or are low on time, head to Camden straight away (via the Northern Line from Bank) to soak in the atmosphere of the cool suburb.

If you’re a Harry Potter fan, stop of at King’s Cross/ St Pancras on the way to take a snap of the trolley heading towards the Hogwarts Express!

Highlights of Camden include Regent’s Canal, the many vintage shops and Primrose Hill, which has beautiful views of the city – from the other side!

Whatever you end up doing in the afternoon, I recommend having dinner in Camden to get the chance to see this hip suburb. The markets are open until 6 pm and there are a variety of restaurants in the area.

There are lots of bars and pubs in Camden that are perfect for enjoying your last night in the city in, many with live music.

The Northern Line runs 24 hours on weekends and failing that there are night buses back into the city, so don’t worry too much about getting home and enjoy your time!

Substitutions – Half-Days

If you don’t fancy one of the half-days on this London itinerary, then feel free to substitute it with one of these alternatives.

These attractions aren’t in the centre of London, but they can be reached easily and quickly in just a morning or an afternoon.

Windsor Castle

The home of the queen, Windsor Castle is a great half day trip from the city. It is the oldest and largest lived in castle in the world and makes for some amazing photos.

Highlights include St George’s Chapel which has the tombs of some monarchs (if you didn’t get enough in Westminster Abbey) and was the wedding destination of Harry and Meghan, the State Apartments which welcome you to the interior of the palace and Queen Mary’s Dolls House.

Hampton Court

Two palaces – one heralding from Tudor times and another built by William III and Mary I – stand together at Hampton Court. It was Cardinal Wolsey, and then Henry VIII’s, stomping ground, and remained as a royal residence until 1760.

Visitors can see areas relating to its history, the highlight being the Tudor Kitchens.

Black Cab Tour

A black cab tour is one of the most unique things that you can do in the city. It’s a wonderful bespoke tour that you can do to find out more about London’s fascinating tales!

What to do with extra days in London or substitutions for whole days

If you’ve adjusted this itinerary to suit your tastes and have a whole day free, or if you’re spending 5 days in London or longer, check out these day trips from London that take a whole day.

Thorpe Park

London’s largest theme park, Thorpe Park is great for all ages.

With rides ranging from loop the loop rollercoasters to spinning teacups, it’s a great visit for any adrenalin seekers or families visiting London. It is only open in the summer.

Hever Castle

Wonderful in the summertime, Hever Castle takes a bit of getting to from central London but it’s well worth it.

It was the childhood home of Anne Boleyn, a character that every British schoolchild learns about at least 10 times in school. She was the second wife of Henry VIII – the king who cut everyone’s heads off – and guess what he did to her? That’s right, cut her head off.

Before this lover’s tiff, they had quite a loving marriage – so loving in fact, that Henry changed the entire religion of Britain so he could divorce his previous wife and marry Anne.

Hever Castle was a major setting during their courtship, and you can see their bedrooms, love letters written by them and other prestigious castle features.

In the grounds, there is a maze, a water maze, Italianite Victorian Gardens and a really fun children’s playground.

Beautiful Brighton is many people’s favourite coastal British city, for good reason.

It’s got a really chilled out atmosphere, with lots of quirky shops lining the seafront.

It’s also home to Brighton Pier, which could rival Thorpe Park for its rides and is seaside entertainment at its finest and Brighton Pavilion which was inspired by Asian architecture.

To reach Brighton, take a train from London Victoria.

Downton Abbey Tour

For fans of the popular TV show – Downton Abbey Tours operate from London, visiting Highclere Castle in Newbury.

It’s a 9 hour tour leaving and arriving back in London – and is possibly one of the most British things you can do in the country!

Home to a UNESCO world heritage site in its centre, Canterbury is one of the most historically significant cities in the UK – and has been so since 1170.

The Canterbury Tales attraction is a must-do for anyone interested in literature and medieval history. The town itself is very pleasant for a stroll around; there is a cathedral, St Augustine’s Abbey and St Martin’s church that are all well worth exploring.

Famed for the prestigious university, Oxford is home to museums, a covered market and some historic pubs, some dating from the 13 th century.

Many visitors to Oxford go to explore the university campuses, some of which offer guided tours. Christ Church is the most famous, which was used in Harry Potter as the Hogwarts courtyard!

Beautiful Cambridge has a rival university and is also home to many university campuses that are worth exploring. Also in Cambridge are punting tours on the river, museums and restaurants and a Pink Floyd tour.

Just over two hours by coach, and under two hours by car, Bath is a little far but is a great day trip from London if you can hack the journey (if you want to stay overnight, there are some good and cheap hotels there as well!).

The city is known for its Roman Baths, which can be explored, its Thermae Spa (perfect for some pampering after exploring London!), its Georgian architecture and its wonderful Abbey.

One day in Bath is doable – although you will be cramming a lot in – but a visit to this city is well, well worth it.

Where to Stay in London

I’ve written a whole post on this, so check out my London hotels and hostels guide by clicking here . Alternatively, if you want my ‘best of the best’, read on.

Best Hostel in London: Wombats City Hostel, London

This jazzy hostel is a great place for travelers looking to rest their head in London. The dorms are creative and spacious, with lots of natural light and individual plug sockets.

The hostel has a huge bar, a courtyard and a hangout area that make socializing a breeze. They’ve also won Hostel World’s ‘Cleanest Hostel Worldwide’ award not once, but twice. Click here for rates and to book.

Best Cheap Hotel in London: 72QT, Notting Hill

This is one of the best bed and breakfasts in London . With a budget rate including a cooked breakfast, it’s a great place for travelers on a budget who prefer not to stay in hostels.

The rooms are decorated well in a modern style and feature free WiFi and a bar, open Fridays and Saturdays. The B&B borders Hyde Park and is close to an underground station to reach central London. Click here for rates and to book .

Best Hotel to Stay with Kids in London: Oliver Plaza Hotel

Oliver Plaza Hotel is located in Kensington, a great place to stay with kids in London, and offers double or triple rooms with included breakfast.

The hotel has been recently refurbished. Each room is kitted out with all the amenities you need for a comfortable stay. Click here for rates and to book .

Best Mid-Range Hotel in London: Z Hotel Victoria

Z Hotel has branches throughout London; I recommend the Victoria branch for value for money and to be close to the centre. The rooms are compact but cosy, with air conditioning, heating, WiFi and a TV with satellite channels.

Breakfast can be purchased for extra. Click here for rates and to book .

Best Luxury Hotel in London: The London EDITION

The London EDITION is a five-star hotel with lavish rooms. Each is decorated in a regal style and features amenities such as views of the city, a minibar and luxury bathroom.

On-site is a fitness centre, a restaurant serving delicious food and a cocktail bar. Click here for rates and to book. Click here for rates and to book .

What to pack for London

You don’t need anything too crazy to visit London, but here are a few ideas for things that may come in handy:

• An umbrella – we’re not joking about the rain!
• A rain poncho if you like to stay super dry
• Sturdy shoes for walking
• A good camera to capture all of the London highlights
• A high-quality backpack to keep all of your sightseeing essentials in
• A Lonely Planet Guide to London

Hey! I’m on YouTube too!

I’m currently travelling from Bali to London without taking a single flight! I’m documenting my journey on YouTube and would love it if you could follow me there! Here is a video detailing the journey a bit more:

Click here to go to my channel – I’d love it if you subscribed and joined the community!

Your Complete 4 Day London Itinerary

I hope that this 4 day London itinerary helps you to enjoy the best of the British capital! If you’re hanging around in the UK for some time, check out my other very British posts. If you enjoyed this article, please give it a share or follow me over on Facebook or Instagram !

28 thoughts on “ The Best London Itinerary: 4 Days in the British Capital ”

Very exhaustively explained 4 days London your. I am to visit London in 3rd week of May , can u help we with short guide with itinary? I will be staying in Wembley. Also guide in transportation as I will be my own to travel to London with my wife. We are 68 -and 66 year senior citizens from India.

Hi Vikram! My itinerary details all of the best things to do, if you haven’t booked accommodation yet I recommend going to my where to stay in London post https://clairesfootsteps.com/where-to-stay-in-london/ which will help! For transport, get an oyster card and use the tube – it’s much more efficient than the bus. If you can avoid travelling during rush hour (7:30-9:30 and 5-7) you’ll have a much more relaxed time. Let me know if you have any more questions!

Hello Claire, Good day, We are planning to tour London and Scotland for 10 days in August 2019 from New Delhi India. We are Sr CTZN of age 70 yrs and 68 yrs with limited capacity to walk around.Please tell me where to stay with a per night budget of GBP 150-200 . Also please suggest the itinerary. Thanks Kulbhushan Garg India

Hi Kulbhushan,

Thanks for your comment. I have a where to stay in London post here – https://clairesfootsteps.com/where-to-stay-in-london/ which should help – this itinerary post should help with things to do as well. I’ve never been to Scotland so can’t advise there!

Hey there. It’s a wonderful post and I loved the very details you have put in. I would be in London in a few weeks time, however, I am a bit confused between an oyster card or using a contactless card such as Monzo in tubes. What do you think which one is the best bet- Oyster or Monzo? I have come across few videos which says contactless is cheaper than Monzo but the more videos I see the more confused I get 🙁

Hey, Oyster card is the same cost as using a normal contactless card. I don’t know about Monzo so I’m not sure if it’s different but it shouldn’t be. But if you’re worried you can get an Oyster card – you need to pay a 5 pound deposit but that is refundable 🙂

Hello Claire, I came across your site and really liked it very much. My husband and I are planning to visit London ‘hopefully’ next year. It will be the first time we are travelling on our own. We are of 59 and 56 years of age and from Malta. Would like very much to keep in contact for future advise and planning. Thanks and regards Annette

Hi Annette, I’m glad you liked it! You’ll love London, it’s very easy to travel in. Let me know if you have any further questions 🙂

Hi Claire, Thanks for such informative itinerary,actually I am planning in 1st week of september to London and Scotland, so this 4days itinerary perfectly suits me.

Hi Claire, thanks so much for sharing your fabulous list! In a few weeks I’m heading back to London for the first time since living there for 18 months almost 30 years and am so looking forward to just being a tourist this time around. I shall print out your list and carry it around with me. Take care, Karen (Melbourne, Australia) xx

Hi Claire, Love your iternary posted. I’ll be visiting London with my daughter for 4D3N. Appreciate if you can kindly assist to narrow down the iternary accordingly. We’ll reach London at 10am and to leave for 7pm flight to Oslo on 4th day.

Hi Claire, great text you wrote! 🙂 We are from Bosnia and Herzegovina and we plann to visit London this year, with our 9 y.o. son. He is big Harry Potter fan, so we have to include one day HP tour (visit WB studio) 🙂 So, we would probably need to stay at least 5-6 days in total, in order to see everything we want… Do you think July would be too hot for walking? Second option is end November, but I would like to avoid rain. All the best

Hey! Thanks for your comment – I love Harry Potter too and the WB studio is awesome! British weather is never predictable, so while there’s a chance you might get temperatures in the high 20s in July (that’s hot for us!) it may also be 15 degrees! It’s rarely too hot for walking in London, so don’t worry about that too much :). To be honest it could rain either time! End of November will be cold but it will be nice and Christmassy which is really magical.

Hey !it was lovely reading ur very informative n detailed itenary n is excited to read more n know more about London before we reach in Dec with pur kids..so kindly tel me more about things to do with kids in Dec

Dearest Claire, My wife, aged 50 years and myself, aged 57 years, are visiting London in August 19.

We have a arrangement for our stay.

Kindly help us plan and fix our schedule to visit major tourist places in five days.

What will be the approximate cost for the same?

What will be the weather be like?

Is it compulsory to carry raincoat / umbrellas?

Hope, we are not inconveniencing you in any way.

Thanks in advance.

Hi Rajkumar,

You can use this 4 day itinerary, and add a day trip onto the end 🙂 Unfortunately our weather is very unpredictable, it might be warm and sunny like it has been recently or it could be cold and raining! I’d definitely prepare for any weather (it shouldn’t get under 10 degrees though) and definitely pack a raincoat or umbrella is it definitely could rain!

Hi Claire, Me and my sister will be arriving at London on December 25th and will be there till the end of this year. We are 25 and 18 year old. Will be staying near Swiss Cottage area. Considering most public transportation is closed on Christmas day, what are the sightseeing we can do on that day. Do Ubers operate frequently from Heathrow Airport on Christmas Day.

Great itinerary! This is a perfect itinerary for our family of 5 including 3 teenagers! We will be following it to the T! I was thinking of renting a car to take to the Cotswolds to see the Christmas markets. We are Americans so we drive on the right side of the road. Do you think it is too dangerous to attempt the drive on the left side since it is winter and we will not know the road conditions this December? My husband and I are good good drivers, but have never driven on the left side. We have 1 or 2 extra days. I will follow you and your Bali adventure on Instagram! Enjoy! Tonia

Thanks for your comment and I’m glad the itinerary was super helpful! The Cotswolds are beautiful and definitely worth visiting while you’re in the country. So generally the roads in the UK are very good, you might be going down a few country roads around the Cotswolds but most are gritted so risk of traffic incidents is low as long as there’s no snow (it only snows a couple of days a year here and not normally in December). Regarding driving on the left, it depends on what you’re comfortable with but I drove on the right recently on a trip to France and didn’t have too many problems with it – especially if there are two of you making sure you’re on the right side of the road, you should be alright! Let me know what you end up doing! 🙂

hi Claire, i plan my first trip to london with my sisters for six days, do you recommend getting The London Pass + travelcard plan on the oyster card for £184 per person for travel and the included discounted access to the attractions they offer?

Your itineraries sound great, but unless I am mistaken, the Pier in Brighton has yet to be rebuilt, or am I mistaken?

I think you migth be mistaken, in my lifetime Brighton pier has never needed to be rebuilt!

John Keates is actually buried in Rome at the protestant cemetery near Piramide.

oooh ok I’ll fact check, thanks!

We will be traveling to London in April and we will be following most of your itinerary …. This is a very good itinerary for our family of 3, including my 12-year old daughter… she may adding a bit more shopping and musicals … this is her Birthday trip. BTW… we will be in Bali in July… for my Birthday! My wife being from Indonesia we travel often there…. Best regards, Hervé from Switzerland

I did not read carefully your itinerary because I am looking at the Stonehenge but I found none. I have question. Can the Oyster Card be used as well on buses? When you say, “Tube” is it a train? Thank you.

Hello, the tube is our subway/ metro 🙂 And you can use your Oyster card on trains, buses, or the tube.

Hi, is there a printable version of the 4 day tour, I can study. Thanks

Comments are closed.

• New Zealand
• The Philippines
• The Netherlands
• United Kingdom
• Inspiration
• Overland Itineraries
• Packing Lists
• Travel Tips
• Working Abroad
• Accomodation Guides
• Overland Travel
• Preserving Cultures
• Protecting Animals
• Living Abroad

• CITY BREAK , LONDON

The Best 4 Days in London Itinerary (by a local)

• November 2, 2023

4 days in London is a good amount of time to appreciate what this pulsating city has to offe r.  In this guide, I’ll be sharing a recommended four day London Itinerary, including the best places to visit, where to eat, sleep, & party, as well as all of my top tips for visiting.

London is one of the most happening and exciting cities in all of Europe.  Maybe it’s because I’m a Londoner that I love London town , but it’s true.

With its rich history, vibrant culture, magnificent architecture, eccentric fashion, wild nightlife, and unrivalled culinary scene, London ignites your senses in every possible way.

I’d like to think I know London city pretty well. After all, I lived and worked here most of my life. That’s how I know that my 4 day London itinerary is the best on the internet.

I’m here to advise you on all of the top London hotspots, as well as some cool hidden gems that not many tourists get to hear about. I will also share my insider tips and knowledge to ensure you have the best possible time exploring the city.

Sound good? Let’s get to it then. Here is a perfect Itinerary for 4 Days in London.  

Disclosure:  Some of the links in this post are affiliate links. If you purchase a product through these links, we will earn a small commission  at no extra cost to you.  And we can continue bringing you free tips and advice. If you found the content helpful and are kind enough to use our affiliates –  you are awesome, and we thank you! 

Is 4 Days in London Enough?

London is a massive city, i t boasts an abundance of things to see and do.

It would be impossible to experience it all of London in 4 days, so I encourage you to plan your time wisely prioritising what you want from your trip.  

In my opinion, the perfect London 4 day itinerary combines a balance of significant landmarks.  But you’ll also have some time to wander off the beaten path and discover some of the more  unusual things to do in London .

That’s why when people ask me how to long to stay in London, 4 days is the minimum. With four days in London, you can cover most of the city’s main attractions, including parks and museums.

With this in mind, I’m confident that if you follow my suggested London itinerary, you’ll feel like you’ve experienced the very  best of what the city has to offer .

• Follow us on Instagram

Where to Stay in London

There are several factors to consider when  choosing where to stay in London . Budget usually being the most prevalent one.

It’s no secret that London is an expensive city. So while staying in central London is ideal for sightseeing, it’s not going to be your most budget-friendly option.

Thankfully, London’s public transport network is one of the best in the world. This means you can stay on the outskirts of London, and be able to reach the city centre quickly and easily.

With 4 days in London or more, I’d say this is a valid option. 

Best London Neighbourhoods

If you want to be at the very  heart of all the action , you may wish to consider staying in  Victoria  or  Covent Garden . You can expect to pay high-end prices for accommodation, but with many key attractions within walking distance of your hotel, this area is very convenient indeed.

For the  night owls and fashionistas ,  Soho  is a chic central neighbourhood boasting a realm of nightlife, restaurants, and shopping. Also famed for being the epicentre of  LGBTQ+ culture in London , it’s one of the most vibrant and happening districts in the city.

For those looking for somewhere a little  offbeat and quirky , I would look into staying in  Shoreditch  (East London) or  Camden  (North London). Both areas are eccentric and unconventional in their own right, highlighting an amalgamation of street art, markets, nightlife and underground edge.  

If you’re  travelling as a family  or you’d prefer a more  ‘local’ neighbourhood vibe , I suggest staying in  Notting Hill  or  Kensington . Located in West London, both areas are peaceful and close to some of the city’s best attractions, while the city centre is easily accessible via public transport.

Alternatively, you may look at staying nearby, in which case you can compare hotels in here . Or use the Map below to see all your options​:

The Best of London in 4 Days

I go into quite a lot of detail in this comprehensive London Itinerary; so, for those who are short on time, here’s an overview of the best places to visit.

• See some of  Britain’s most famous landmarks  such as Big Ben & St Pauls’s Cathedral.
• Take in some of the  best views of the city  from the London Eye or the Shard.
• Meander the various  free museums in London , including the National History Museum and the National Gallery.
• Shop ’til you drop on  Oxford Street .
• Immerse in  London’s history  at the Tower of London.
• Escape the hustle and bustle at the picturesque  Hyde Park .
• Get lost in one of London’s  plentiful markets .
• Hunt for street art  and other quirky pleasures in Shoreditch or Camden.
• Enjoy some of the best Chinese food outside of China in  China Town . 
• Experience the fabulous atmosphere of a  London West End show .

Suggested 4 Days in London Itinerary

Okay, so this is an action-packed London itinerary. It means getting out early in the morning and arriving back late at night. The idea is that you experience as much of the city as you can during your stay.

Of course, this is only a guide. If this 4 days in London itinerary seems a bit much for you, you can cut out anything that you don’t mind missing. I’ll detail it all below, and then you can refine the list to suit your needs.

Here’s a quick run down of what to expect.

• Day 1 : Iconic London Landmarks & Sights
• Day 2 : London History & Culture
• Day 3 : London Museums, Parks, and Shopping
• Day 4 : Offbeat London and Hidden Gems

Related Read

Day 1 of 4 Days in London

Iconic London Landmarks & Sights…

• Big Ben & The Houses of Parliament

St James Park

Westminster abbey, buckingham palace.

• Picadilly Circus & Trafalgar Square
• Covent Garden & China Town

Waterloo is the closest tube station to our first stop of the day. When you have arrived, exit the station following the signs for South Bank. Use this Transport for London journey planner to map out your journey. 

Okay, time to get acquainted with the city you’ll be seeing alot of London in 4 days. There aren’t many better ways to do that than to view it all from above.

The iconic London Eye is a 135-metre Observation Wheel – one of the largest of its kind in the world. Located on the South Bank of the Thames, it’s one of the most recognisable structures amid the London cityscape.

It’s also quite pricy to ride the London Eye. Nonetheless, it’s still the most popular paid attraction in the UK, so it’s worth  buying your ticket in advance  so you can skip the queue.

Big Ben & The Houses of Parliament

Next, we will take a gentle stroll along the Thames and  cross over at Westminster Bridge . The bridge itself is a landmark in its own right, providing an iconic view of Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament.   

The bridge will be bustling with tourists, locals and street performers as well.  Be wary of scammers  in these parts though, which often involve some kind of game. If it seems too good to be true, it probably is.

Big Ben (which is the name of the bell, not the tower) and the Houses of Parliament are considered  national treasures of London .

Most will be happy to admire from the outside. But if you’re at all interested in politics, it is possible to  witness a debate at the Houses of Parliament .  

You will need to book in advance, but it is one of the few  free things to do in London .

A short 5-minute walk from Big Ben is Westminster Abbey – One of the UK’s most notable churches .

Remarkably, it was Benedictine monks that founded Westminster Abbey in 960AD. It’s the final resting place of some of the country’s key historical figures, such as Charles D!ckens, Sir Isaac Newton, and Anne of Cleves.

Alongside a striking facade, the Abbey is a treasure house of paintings, stained glass, and artefacts documenting over 1000 years of British history.

It has also served as a coronation church, bearing witness to several royal weddings. And home to the coronation chair, whereby every King and Queen of England is crowned.

It’s much cheaper to book in advance , than on the day. If you’re interested in British history, architecture, or the Royal family, it’s worth the money.

You’ll find various coffee shops and restaurants nearby the Abbey. But if it’s a nice day, I suggest picking something up to go and having a picnic in nearby St James Park.

One of  8 royal parks in London , this area is incredibly picturesque and an ideal spot to take a break from the hustle & bustle.

On route to the park, you can walk past Downing Street, the home of the British Prime Minister. You can’t walk down the street itself, but you can give Boris a wave (or the finger) through the gate.

To fool your friends, you’ll find a replica of 10 Downing Street 800 metres away.  10 Adam Street  is now a hotspot for tourists wanting a souvenir photo!

A gentle stroll through St James Park will lead you to Buckingham Palace – the official London  residence of the Royal Family .

While it is possible to go inside the Royal Palace, it is only open to the public between July and October. It’s also a rather expensive attraction.

In any case, the highlight for most visitors is to witness the  changing of the guard . This is when the Queen’s guard hands over responsibility for protecting the palace to the new guard.

The guards in their traditional red tunics and bearskin hats are national icons. Many consider the ceremony a quintessential London experience.  It’s free to attend.

Tip – Please note, the days and times of the changing of the guard ceremony, differ from week to week. Always check the changing guard website  on the date you plan to visit.

Piccadilly Circus & Trafalgar Square

From Buckingham Palace, make your way to Piccadilly. Stroll the famous street lined with luxury hotels and designer stores. Eventually, you’ll end up at Piccadilly Circus –  London’s answer to Times Square .

Here you’ll find all things iconic to London. London underground signs, red phone boxes, and red double-decker buses, all make for  the perfect Instagram photo .

8 minutes walk from Piccadilly Circus will land you in Trafalgar Square. You’ll always find something to keep you entertained. Whether it be local street performers and artists, or something on a much larger scale.

Otherwise, admire the monuments and fountains that adorn the square. Or visit the grand  National Gallery  which is free to enter.

Covent Garden & China Town

It’s been a busy day, and I don’t know about you, but I’m parched. To round off your day, I suggest making your way to Covent Garden.

Here you can enjoy a pre-dinner beverage or two at one of its  plentiful bars and pubs . You can expect a great vibe regardless of the day, time, month, or season.  

When I worked in London, after-work drinks in Covent Garden were a religion. All I will say is that  nights in Covent Garden  have the potential to escalate very quickly.

You’ll also find several  excellent restaurants  in the area if you wanted to stick around for dinner. Otherwise, I recommend taking a stroll to China Town, where you will find the best Chinese food outside of China.

Day 2 of 4 Days in London

London History & Culture…

• The Tower of London
• London’s Bridges

Borough Market

Saint dunstan in the east, st pauls cathedral, the british museum.

Tower Hill is the closest tube station to our first stop of the day. When you have arrived, exit the station following the signs for the Tower of London. Use this  Transport for London journey planner  to map out your journey.

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  is one of the  most important historical buildings  in all of the UK. And with that, an essential addition to any London itinerary.

There’s so much compelling history wrapped up in the tower that it’s hard to know where to begin. Today the fortress is most famous for protecting the Crown Jewels.

There have also been many famous executions at the Towers. Guy Fawkes, Anne Boleyn, and Thomas Cromwell to name but a few. It’s this darker history which has earned the castle  a spooky reputation .

The famous  Yeoman Warder Tour  is the perfect way to learn all about the towers grizzly past. Worth noting that areas of the tour that may be frightening for young children.

There are other tours you can do, such as  See the Crown Jewels  or  Meet the Ravens . Either way, it’s a guaranteed fun-filled experience for all the family at this famous world heritage site.  

Next up, cross over the legendary Tower Bridge to The Shard. One of the newest additions to London’s skyline, The Shard is one of the  most recognisable skyscrapers  in the city.

Designed to resemble a shard of glass, the whopping 95-storey structure is home to some of the most high-end offices, restaurants and hotels in London. It’s also London’s highest viewpoint.

Natalie and I went to the  View from the Shard  not long after its opening in 2013. We enjoyed a glass of champagne from the viewing deck. Expensive but worth it for unrivalled views over the city.

There are tons of  food markets in London , especially during the Summer. But Borough Market will always be my favourite.

I don’t know if it’s because it’s one of the oldest in London. Or whether its because of its industrial location beneath the railway arches. Either way, it is  a total vibe !

The only downside to Borough Market is that it gets extremely busy. Not only that, the multitude of stalls selling an amalgamation of cuisines can be overwhelming.

With this in mind, I’ve listed some of my favourites below.

Vegan?  Check out this  Vegan Guide to Borough Market .

• Lebanese : Nana Fanny’s
• Indian : Horn Ok Please
• Meat Lovers : Hobbs Roast Meat
• Bakery Good s: Bread Ahead

Our next stop is somewhat of a hidden gem in London. It’s always been one of my favourite places to escape the hustle and bustle.

What was once a Church of England Parish Church, now lays in ruins following an att@ck during WWII.

The ruins are now a  secluded public garden . The range of plants wending their way around the remains makes for an enchanting scene.

You won’t need long here, but I would certainly stop by en route to St Paul’s Cathedral.

Save Money with a London Pass

Are you going to be visiting all of the cities top attractions and taking full advantage of the public transport network? If yes, you should consider purchasing a  London Pass in advance. The Pass allows free access to many attractions and unlocks tons of discounts around the city.

St Pauls Cathedral is another of London’s leading sightseeing attractions. A  building steeped in history , it should be a priority over your 4 days in London.

The cathedral has played an integral role in British culture for over 1400 years. It was largely destroyed in the great fire of London. It’s gone on to host a number of high-profile weddings and funerals.

If you  purchase a ticket to go inside, you can take a guided tour of the cathedral floor and crypt, climb its three galleries, and enjoy panoramic views from the top of the dome. 

It’s no secret that London is a treasure trove of museums. And our final stop of the day is one of the most well-regarded of them all.

Like most London museums, I’ve visited the British Museum countless times. It’s honestly my favourite London activity.

Not only are most museums  completely free to enter . But I always end up learning or discovering something new.  

There are over 60 mesmerising galleries to explore at the British Museum. My personal favourites are the ancient Egyptian exhibits. Others feature artefacts from ancient Greece, Mexico and Japan.

For the real historians out there, this is an  unmissable addition  to your London itinerary.

Wow, it’s been another busy day. Now is the time to kick back and relax with a cocktail in hand. Tonight, I recommend heading to Soho – one of the  most vibrant districts  in all of Central London.

This area is renowned for being the epicentre of  London’s LGBTQ+ culture , but it’s also home to an abundance of trendy bars and chic restaurants.  

Naturally, we’ve spent a lot of time in Soho, and I could be here all day recommending the best places to go. So, for now, I’ll keep it simple.

Start your evening with a craft beer or two at BrewDog Soho, followed by dinner at Bocca Di Lupo (Italian) or Mildreds (Vegetarian).

Then if you still have the energy, party the night away at one of  Soho’s bars and nightclubs .

Day 3 of 4 Days in London

London Museums, Parks, and Shopping…

• The National History Museum
• The Science Museum
• Afternoon Tea @ Harrods
• Oxford Street & Covent Garden

West End Show

South Kensington is the closest tube station to our first stop of the day. When you have arrived, exit the station following the signs for the National History Museum. Use this  Transport for London journey planner  to map out your journey.

National History Museum

Okay, day 3 in London and we will be spending the morning at some of my favourite London museums. Remember the majority of  museums are free in London , so it’s set to be a cheap morning!

If museums aren’t your thing, I’ve listed some alternative things to do further down the article. If you’re sticking with me, the first museum of the day is the National History Museum.

Often considered the  best of its kind in the world , London’s National History Museum never fails to blow my mind.

I’ve been visiting ever since I was a little kid. I’ll always remember how small I’d feel walking amidst the giant remains of dinosaurs and other prehistoric species.  

One thing I continue to love about the National History Museum is how immersive and theatrical it is. Not to mention, it’s one of the most impressive buildings in the entire city. 

Science Museum

I’ll be honest; you could easily spend the entire morning at the National History Museum. But if time allows, I also suggest checking out the Science Museum, which is just around the corner.

As the name suggests, this museum documents the accounts of groundbreaking scientific achievements throughout the years.

Young children especially, but adults too, are sure to enjoy the interactive displays, designed to both educate and entertain. 

Afternoon Tea at Harrods

Nearby the museums you’ll find several great restaurants. Or, if a Traditional Afternoon Tea is on your London bucket list (which it should be)  Harrods  is just a 15-minute walk away.  

I’m sure Harrods needs little introduction. It’s the most  famous department store in London  and despite its luxurious reputation, has a diverse customer base.

In fact, Harrod’s motto is ‘ Omnia Omnibus Ubique’ , which is Latin for  ‘all things for all people, everywhere’ .

While a little on the pricey side, you’re guaranteed the real deal when it comes to  Afternoon Tea at Harrods .

If afternoon tea at Harrod’s sounds a bit fancy, you could grab something to go and head to nearby Hyde Park.

Hyde Park to London is like what Central Park is to New York. A sprawling open space of meadows, lakes, flower gardens, and beautiful old trees. If it’s a nice day, this is arguably a better option.

Hyde Park is that  idyllic and pretty , it’s easy to forget that you’re in a city at all. I suggest taking some time to wander around.

Enjoy famous landmarks such as the Princess Diana Memorial, The Serpentine Lake, and Speakers Corner. Eventually, you’ll come out at Marble Arch, which is where our shopping endeavours can begin.

Oxford Street & Covent Garden

Everybody knows that London is one of the  fashion capitals of the world . So if you’re looking to glam up your wardrobe, this is the place to do it.

Upon leaving Hyde Park at Marble Arch, your eyes will bulge at the sight of  hundreds of designer stores  that line Oxford Street.

You don’t need to be flash for cash either. Some of the UK’s most affordable high street brands such as River Island, Zara, and even Primark have flagship stores here.  

Continue your spree into Covent Garden, where the large fashion houses are replaced with quaint boutique stores.

Meander down Neal’s Yard – one of London’s most colourful and photogenic streets, pick up some  London-themed   gifts , and find somewhere that appeals for your  pre-theatre show meal .

Listen up; you absolutely cannot spend 4 days in London without experiencing the magic of a West End Show.

I was lucky enough to have family who would take me to shows regularly as a kid, and my love for the theatre continues to thrive.

Some of my favourite shows to date include  The Lion King ,  Wicked ,  Mama Mia ,  Chicago , and  Les Miserables .  

Unfortunately, ticket prices have increased substantially in recent years. So if you’re travelling as a family, it’s going to burn a hole in your wallet.

But honestly, it’s worth it. Unless you’re from New York, where theatre productions are equally impressive, this is a  once-in-a-lifetime experience .

Plus, there are often ways of getting  cheap theatre tickets . My only advice, however, is to check the seats. Often, discounted tickets have heavily restricted views.

Day 4 of 4 Days in London

Offbeat London..

Leake Street at Waterloo Vaults

Leadenhall market.

• Columbia Road Flowers
• Camden Town

Okay, it’s the final day of our London Itinerary, and today is all about offbeat London. We will be exploring some of London’s quirkier neighbourhoods, hidden gems, and alternative cultures.

London’s landmarks may be world-famous and for a good reason. But it’s the unconventional side that gives my beloved city character.

But again, if you wanted to switch up the day with a day trip or another activity, you’ll find some options further down the article.

Waterloo is the closest tube station to our first stop of the day. When you have arrived, exit the station at Exit 2 towards Waterloo Road. Use this  Transport for London journey planner  to map out your journey.

Our first stop is Leake Street at the Waterloo Vaults. A labyrinth of old railway arches beneath Waterloo Station, The Vaults is home to  all things weird and wonderful .

During the evening, is when this venue really comes to life. At night the tunnels are bustling with theatre, comedy, music and other immersive events. But for now, we will be visiting the Leake Stret Tunnel.

Otherwise known as the ‘ Banksy Tunnel’ , it is one of the only places in London where graffiti is not only permitted, but encouraged. The result is a plethora of artwork from various artists.

Next, hop on the tube to Monument or Bank station, and make your way to Leadenhall Market.

Any  Harry Potter fan needs to include this spot on their London itinerary. It is one of many Harry Potter locations in London and inspired Diagon Alley in the films.

Every time I walk through Leadenhall, I pray that a wand store will magically appear, and I’ll finally be the witch I’ve always wanted to be. But so far, no such luck.  

Harry Potter fan or not, you’re sure to be impressed by the ornate Victorian marketplace. It’s home to several designer stores, restaurants, and London pubs.  

* Consider yourself a Harry Potter fanatic ? Check out this best-selling  Harry Potter-guided walking tour  and trace the footsteps of your favourite witches and wizards around Muggle London.

Our next stop is just a short 15-minute walk away. Look out for the infamous Gherkin skyscraper along the way. End up in Shoreditch – one of London’s  most trendy and happening neighbourhoods .

Famed for its impressive street art, diverse culinary & nightlife scenes, antique markets and infectious hipster vibe, it’s one of my favourite spots in the city. It is  offbeat London at its finest . 

You could spend a couple of days exploring all that there is to  see and do in Shoreditch , but Brick Lane is a great place to start.

While meandering around Shoreditch, don’t miss  Box Park  – a unique place to hang out and grab food. Also stop by  Beigel Bake  for the best bagel outside of New York.

If you like Indian food, you’ll find some of London’s best curry houses on Brick Lane. Finally, check out a hip rooftop bar such as  The Curtain  or  Queen of Hoxton . 

If you can find the strength to tear yourself away from vibey Shoreditch, I suggest hopping on the Northern Line and making your way to Camden Town.

As much as I love Shoreditch, if I had to choose my favourite place in London, it would have to be Camden. The vibe feels somewhat less pretentious to me and I’ve had some of the  best times of my life there .

If you’ve heard of Camden, it’s likely because of its legendary music scene. A  cool London fact  for you: Camden has paved the way to success for many iconic British artists, including The Beatles, Madness, Amy Winehouse, and Madonna.

In fact, if you do make it to Camden, checking out a live music venue such as The Roundhouse, Koko, or Electric Ballroom is the perfect way to round off your London Itinerary.  

Ideally, however, you’ll spend more than just the evening in Camden. That way, you can meander the eclectic Camden market, grab some street food at West Yard food hall, and enjoy a pint at one of Camden’s esteemed pubs. 

4 Day London Itinerary Alternatives

While I believe my London Itinerary to be the best way to spend your time, I’m well aware that our interests may vary. With this in mind, here are some of the other top things to do in and around London.

Up at the O2

Thrill-seekers might want to try their hand at some ‘ urban mountaineering ‘ at the UK’s beloved entertainment venue, The O2.

Historically, the iconic white dome was built to celebrate the turn of the Millenium; however, it proved to be such a hit that it’s now a permanent addition to the city skyline. 

While most visit the O2 to eat, drink, dance and sing along to their favourite artists,  Up At The O2  allows you to view the city in a whole new way.

Accompanied by a guide, you’ll embark on an exhilarating 90-minute climb onto the 52-metre-high rooftop.

Notting Hill

With its  ‘Insta-Famous’  multi-coloured houses, a vibrant annual street festival, and the classic Hollywood movie by the same name, Notting Hill needs little introduction.

Beyond the flock of influencers and movie-famous landmarks, its charm is timeless. I love to stroll down Portobello Road hunting for wears at one of London’s oldest markets, before finding a beautiful spot for brunch.  

By all means, do wander around the neighbourhood and admire the pastel-coloured houses. They are gorgeous and well worth a photo or 2. However, I must ask that you remain respectful of people’s privacy.

Try to avoid standing on the steps or sitting on walls outside the property, or you could experience the wrath of a true Londoner. Check out this list of the most  Instagrammable spots in Notting Hill .

Thames River Cruise

Arguably one of the best ways to experience this fast-paced city is on the water. Ditch the crowds and take in the sights without a care in the world.  

Depending on your budget, there are several Thames Cruise packages you can choose from. Some include 1-hour of sightseeing, others you can hop on & hop off. There are even romantic dinner or afternoon tea cruises. 

Get your Guide  has a wide selection of tours to choose from at a competitive rate, so it’s worth checking them out before your trip.

Take a Day Trip

Any longer than 4 Days in London, and I would suggest taking a day trip outside of the city. With our beautiful coastal towns and quaint countryside villages, there’s a lot to see.

Brighton is one of the UK’s favourite seaside destinations and an  epicentre of LGBT+ culture . Located just 1.5 hours by car or 1-hour by train from London it’s the ideal day trip. If you have more time, I recomend checking out Durdle Door on the Jurassic Coast.

Or if you consider yourself history buff, you won’t want to miss out on Stonehenge. A prehistoric monument and world heritage site, Stonehenge remains one of the biggest historical mysteries of all time. 

Consider yourself a die hard Potter fan? Don’t out on miss a wizardly adventure to the   Harry Potter and Warner Brothers Studio .

London Itinerary Essential Info

With London being such a vibrant and exciting city, you’ll find it difficult not to have an incredible time. However, the tips and tricks below can help you make the very best of your trip.

• Save money on public transport, attractions, and restaurants with a  London Pass .
• Book a  hotel or hostel here  or check out these best  air bnbs in London .
• Stay connected in London with a  portable wifi hotspot  or a  local sim card .
• Get to know the city on a  best-selling London tour .
• Don’t forget  travel insurance !

Getting Around in London

You will be covering several neighbourhoods on this London itinerary, so you’ll need to know how to get around.

Thankfully, London’s public transport network is one of the best in the world. OK, it could do with some upgrades here and there (erm, air conditioning on the Central Line), but it’s super reliable and easy to understand.  

First and foremost, I strongly encourage you to get an Oyster Card. The  Oyster Card  will ensure you get the cheapest rates when travelling around London.

It also caps your spends once it reaches a certain amount, which is great if you’re moving around a lot through the day. You get the same deal if you use a contactless payment card.

If you’re travelling with children, order them an Oyster Card 4 weeks in advance. That way, children under 10 travel for free, and under 18s at a discounted rate.

Many transport networks are operating in London, from buses and trams to trains and riverboats. You can plan out your journeys using the  Transport for London journey planner .

The Best Time to Visit London

There isn’t any right or wrong time to visit London, as there is a great atmosphere all your round.

If you are relying on warm and dry days for sightseeing, between May and September will be your safest bet. Though this is London, so you should always prepare for some rain. 

July and August tend to be the warmest months, but it’s also peak season, so expect inflated rates for flights and hotels. A lot is going on in the Summer, however, such as festivals and outdoor food markets. Londoners love to celebrate when the sun is shining, so you can expect a great vibe in the city.

London is also very festive throughout December. The Christmas lights in the city are stunning, and there are a few  Christmas markets . It’s also the season for  Winter Wonderland  which is not to be missed if you find yourself in the city during this time.

Budget for 4 Days in London

It’s no secret that London is an expensive city. I cringe when I think about all the money I’ve spent living there over the years, but  c’est la vie.  

If you plan to see London the budget way, you could comfortably live on £60/$75 a day. But that means eating cheap, staying at hostels, and being selective about the attractions you spend your cash on.

Thankfully, there are plenty of  free things to do in London  if you’re travelling on a tight budget.

On the other hand, if you insist on paying for all the main attractions, eating at trendy restaurants, and staying in fancy hotels, you can expect to double or even triple that budget.

If you hope to visit most of the prime attractions in London, it pays to invest in a  London Pass . The Pass allows free access to many attractions and unlocks tons of discounts around the city.

Is London Safe to Visit?

As somebody who has lived in London for most of my life, I would confidently class London as a safe place to visit. That said, I’ve grown up there. I know the do’s and don’t, and I have the privilege of being a local.

The actual answer is far more complex, and I strongly recommend you educate yourself on  how to stay safe in London  before you travel.

Like many places, theft and pickpocketing pose the most significant risk to tourists. There’s also a trend of gangs on motorbikes who snatch bags, phones, or whatever they can get their hands on as they drive past.

We suggest  keeping your belongings close to you at all times  and using a small padlock or compartmental bag to keep your valuables safe. 

Common scams pose another risk to tourists, and we advise being vigilant at all times. If something doesn’t feel right, trust your gut and walk away from the situation.

Check out this article for examples of  common scams in London .  And don’t forget  travel insurance !

Get the best deals on travel insurance!

If you become sick or injured, those medical bills can really add up. Or perhaps you have your bag stolen, or a flight cancelled.  Although these events are unlikely, they do happen, and having travel insurance gives you that extra piece of mind that you are protected. 5% Discount for our readers using the button below! (discount applicable for non-American citizens).

London City Tours

Some might say that taking a guided tour is the best way to experience London.

We always use  Get Your Guide  when we book tours. They have an endless selection of tours in locations worldwide, including London. Check them out!

Save Time and Book a Tour

For a more local experience, we recommend checking out the guided tours on  Get Your Guide :

Enjoy Your 4 Days in London!

Well, that concludes our recommendations for spending four days in London. What are you looking forward to seeing most? Is there anything else that you think deserves to be on this list?

Let us know! We love hearing from you. You can reach out to us in the comment section below.

Stay adventurous and happy travels.

Planning a trip to England? Check out our UK series  to help with inspiration.

PIN IT FOR LATER

Sharing is caring ♥

Related Posts

5 Responses

• Pingback: Gay London – the best gay hotels, bars, clubs & more Two Bad Tourists
• Pingback: Quirky Things to do in London - My Life from a Bag

Really informative, has been really helpful. Please keep on writing blog like this.

Hi Elena, we’re glad you found it helpful. Thank you

What a fantastic guide to London! You covered so much in four days. I especially liked your suggestions for the alternative and quirky things to do in London. You have a great taste for life!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

We’re Charlotte & Natalie, a British lesbian couple with a passion for travel and adventure.

Here you will find everything from lgbtq+ travel & lifestyle advice, to comprehensive guides and itineraries designed to make your travel planning easier., we want to inspire you to live the life of your dreams..

💌 Get discounts & updates in our monthly newsletter

Find Hotels Via Booking.com

Book Tours & Activities Via GetYourGuide

Get Travel Insurance Via Heymondo

Get discounts & updates in our monthly newsletter

Destinations

LGBTQ+ Lifestyle

Start A Blog

Teach English

Digital Nomad

Privacy Policy

Guest Posts

Work With Us

© 2022 Our Taste For Life Blog – All Rights Reserved. Website Designed by us via Fresh Creatives

The Ultimate 4-Day London Itinerary

This 4-day London itinerary is packed full of famous sights, fun experiences, delicious food and hidden gems.

London is my favourite city in the world. It’s my home and has been for over 15 years. It’s a place where there’s always somewhere new to explore, tonnes of amazing restaurants to eat at and experiences you never imagined existing. London is vibrant, exciting and constantly evolving.

Yes, I just really love London … OK?

Lots of people visiting London for the first time only have a day or two in the city. That’s enough time for a whistle-stop tour of the sights, but if you can afford a few extra days you’ll understand a bit more of what makes London so special.

If you’re planning your trip at the moment, this 4-day London itinerary is a great place to start. It can be stressful planning a good route in a city you don’t know. Now you don’t need to worry about a thing!

Across your 4 days in London you’ll get to see all of the famous sights including Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and the Tower of London, visit some of the city’s top museums, enjoy some retail therapy, stroll through some of the prettiest parks, explore some urban and edgy areas AND even take a day trip to the Harry Potter Studio Tour.

This 4 day itinerary is perfect for families, couples or groups of friends as there’s something for everyone! Ready to start planning your dream city break in London? Here we go!

Planning your trip to London? Here are a few quick highlights:

Day 1: See the sights of Central London

Whether this is your first trip to London or you’ve been several times before, it’s always exciting to see the city’s famous landmarks. I’d recommend kicking off your trip in style with a self-guided walking tour starting at Buckingham Palace. Time it right and you could even see the changing of the guard ceremony!

After a quick pose in front of the famous gates at Buckingham Palace, take a stroll through St James’s Park towards Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. The architecture is absolutely breath-taking and is guaranteed to have you reaching for your camera.

Continue your self-guided tour by crossing the River Thames over Westminster Bridge and enjoying views of the London Eye. Built as temporary structure for the millennium celebrations, it was so popular it has stayed ever since.

I used to work as a tour guide on the London Eye (back in my student days) and despite going around on that wheel 200+ times, I still always recommend it to tourists visiting London. One rotation and you’ll get your bearings, see the city landmarks and enjoy a fun tourist experience all at once.

If you’re tired of walking, I’d suggest you catch a boat along the Thames from the pier in front of the London Eye all the way down to Tower Bridge. The Uber Boats by Thames Clippers stop at 23 piers along the Thames. For this journey you’ll only be going a short distance, and you’re looking to hop on board the RB1 or RB2. You can use Oyster Cards or Contactless bank cards on board.

As you head downstream, look out for more of London’s famous landmarks. On the right you’ll see the Tate Modern art gallery, which is housed in a former power station. On the left you’ll spot the enormous dome of St Paul’s Cathedral (the final resting place of Lord Nelson, the Duke of Wellington and Sir Christopher Wren.)

You’ll also pass under London Bridge and spot the looming towers of the city, as well as seeing London’s tallest building, The Shard. Kids will adore travelling by boat – it’s a really fun way to see the city.

Once you’ve taken some photos in front of the fairytale-esque Tower Bridge, it’s time to explore the Tower of London. This UNESCO World Heritage Centre is one of the oldest buildings in London and has a fascinating past. In fact, the White Tower dates back to 1078!

Over the years it’s been a royal palace, a prison and a treasury. These days it’s where you’ll find the dazzling crown jewels. I didn’t visit until I was in my 20s, but it was an amazing experience to get up close to so much British history.

I’d definitely recommend booking tickets to the Tower of London in advance , as it can get pretty busy.

You’ve packed a lot into day 1 of this 4-Day London itinerary. It’s time to enjoy some food and rest before a busy day tomorrow!

Day 2: Museums, parks and shops of West London

After a busy day of sightseeing yesterday, today we’re kicking off with some of London’s most popular museums.

South Kensington is home to three of London’s largest and most interesting museums. Not only are they located moments from each other, they’re also free to enter. Yes, totally free! Check the websites before visiting as it can be necessary to book a ticket with a time slot.

The Natural History Museum is dedicated to creatures great and small, and hosts fascinating exhibitions throughout the year. It’s home to around 80 million plant, animal, fossil, rock and mineral specimens, and is somewhere you can see stuffed dodos, whale skeletons and even learn about dinosaurs. The building is beautiful too – a true London architectural wonder.

Meanwhile, head a few paces along and you’ll be in the Science Museum . This world-class museum has seven floors packed full of interesting exhibits. It charts everything from transport to computers and biology to physics. Kids will adore the WonderLab, an area filled with interactive exhibits which genuinely make learning fun!

Or for those interested in art and fashion, the Victoria and Albert Museum is home to one of the greatest collections of decorative art, design, fashion and textiles in the world. You could spend an entire day at the museums here, but I’d recommend picking one for the morning of day three.

After spending the morning in the museums, it’s time for some fresh air. It’s lucky that a few minutes away on foot is London’s most famous park, Hyde Park. This 350-acre park is home to over 4,000 trees, a large lake, a meadow and pretty flower gardens. It’s a lovely place for a walk or a cycle. You could rent a boat on The Serpentine or even take a dip in the lido!

If you head north through Hyde Park, then west through Kensington Gardens, you’ll eventually emerge close to Notting Hill Gate, another vibrant part of London.

Spend the afternoon wandering the pretty streets and enjoying the pastel-coloured houses and old-style charm. Some of my favourite streets include Lancaster Road, St Luke’s Mews, Colville Terrace and Elgin Crescent. I just love how colourful this part of London is. You’ll definitely want to take some holiday snaps!

One of the big draws in Notting Hill is Portobello Road Market. This legendary London street is synonymous with vintage and antique shopping. The best day to visit is Saturday, as that’s when you’ll find most of the stalls on the street.

There are also plenty of pubs, cafes and street food options around the market area, so you can refuel between purchases!

That’s quite a lot to pack into day 2, so it’s time for another good night’s sleep before you find out what’s in store for day 3.

Day 3: Cool days exploring Camden and East London

It’s hard to cram the best of London into just 4 days, but I’m giving it a go with this fun and varied itinerary. After ticking off London’s most famous sights on day 1 and exploring the city’s cultural and colourful side on day 2, it’s now time for something completely different.

Day 3 kicks off with a wander up to one of my favourite London viewpoints, Primrose Hill. Close to Regent’s Park, this hill boasts a gorgeous view of the city skyline. On sunny days, it’s one of the most popular picnic spots in the entire city. You might even struggle for a spot!

After taking in the London skyline, it’s time to visit another of the city’s most famous markets. Camden Market is home to over 1000 shops and food outlets, and has a vibrant independent spirit.

After wandering through the shops in the Stables Market area, grab a bite to eat from one of the stalls out in the courtyard by the lock. From Greek souvlaki and Caribbean jerk chicken, to metre long sausages, authentic Portuguese nata tarts and liquid nitrogen ice cream, this delicious food market has something for everyone!

Be sure to soak up the quirky Camden vibes before you venture to the next spot. I’m talking street art, goths, music and more! It’s a vibrant spot and somewhere that feels very ‘London’… if you ignore the hordes of foreign tourists of course! Although, what could be more ‘London’ than tourists?!

One of my favourite walking routes in London is along the Grand Union Canal, which stretches towards the north of the centre of the city. The walk from Camden Lock to King’s Cross takes around 30-minutes.

King’s Cross is another area I love. It’s recently been regenerated and it’s fair to say it’s changed a lot – 100% for the better!

One of the newest additions is Coal Drop’s Yard – a multi-purpose shopping and eating district. It’s upmarket and cool, with lots of places you’ll be dying to visit. Feast on tacos at Casa Pastor, enjoy tasty Spanish flavours at Barrafina or enjoy cocktails out on the terrace at Parrillan. When the sun is shining, this is a great place to go.

After embracing this new hotspot, enjoy a stroll through Granary Square where, if you’re still hungry, I’d recommend eating at Caravan . With a menu of interesting small and large plates, and a buzzy ambience, it’s one of my favourite restaurants in London.

Still got some energy? Now it’s time to hop on a train east from St Pancras International over to Stratford for a stroll through the Olympic Park. There you’ll be able to see the huge stadium used in the 2012 Olympic Games as well as exploring the gardens and park areas that have become the legacy of the epic year in London’s history!

Walking through the Olympic Park is also the perfect way to reach Hackney, one of London’s coolest and most urban areas. Walk along the canal path and you’ll see huge murals by some the world’s top street artists. There are endless cool bars, pop ups, foodie spots and hidden gems in this part of London. I spot new things every time I go there – it’s constantly changing!

If you’re looking for cocktails or beers, Barge East (located on a barge, but with a large garden area too) and Number 90 are two favourites of mine. The authentic Italian pizza at Natura is also incredible!

This area is great for nightlife, especially on Fridays and Saturdays. If you’ve still got the energy to party, you’ll love Hackney!

Day 4: Harry Potter Studio Tour or who knows?

So, you’ve made it to day 4 and you’re wondering what else there is to see in London? Well, absolutely loads to be honest! The last three days have given a flavour of the city, but wow is there a lot more to see!

If you’re a fan of Harry Potter, you’ll definitely want to squeeze in a day trip to Warner Bros Studio Tour London: The Making of Harry Potter. There you can explore the real-life sets, check out props and costumes from the movies and learn about the magical film series.

If you’re planning to visit, it’s worth bearing in mind that this isn’t really IN London! It’s just outside so you’ll need to book transport as well as entry tickets. You can catch a train to Watford Junction, then hop on board the magical shuttle bus. Or, book an all-inclusive ticket which includes transport to and from the studios.

If you’d rather spend your final day in London exploring more of the city, I’ve got lots more suggestions. You could visit Westminster Abbey, the world-famous British Museum or the National Portrait Gallery. This itinerary hasn’t included Soho, Chinatown, Covent Garden, Leicester Square or Piccadilly Circus either. These spots are all pretty close together so could be explored in half a day.

If you enjoyed exploring Camden and Portobello Markets, how about seeing a few more? Borough Market is one of the foodie hubs in the city, with tasty treats from across the globe.

Alternatively, there’s a mix of vintage clothing, handmade items and food on offer at Old Spitalfields Market near Liverpool Street. This is also close to Brick Lane, also known as curry mile! I challenge you to stroll down this street and NOT stop for some Indian cuisine.

If you feel like you’ve ticked off the key sights and fancy something a little bit different, I’d recommend taking a look at my huge guide to quirky and unusual things to do in London . From awe-inspiring afternoon teas and escape room experiences , to water sports and helicopter tours , you’re guaranteed to find something you’d love to try on your final day in the city. Plus, I’ve created this London post which is full of helpful advice and tips for planning a trip to the city.

How to get around London

If you’re spending 4 days in London, the easiest way to get around is using public transport. This is a congested city, so travelling by tube will save you a lot of time.

If you’re a visitor to the UK, purchase an Oyster Card when you arrive. This is a card that can be topped up with money to cover each journey you go on. You tap the card on the entrance and exit gates at tube stations, or just once when you board a bus or a boat.

If you have a Contactless bank card, this is the easiest way to pay. Tap your card or mobile on the receiver and the barriers will open.

One other tip for visitors to London – I’d recommend downloading the App Citymapper . It’s brilliant for navigating on public transport and is always up to date with timings. I use it every single time I go out in London!

The other simple way to travel is by Uber. No matter where you go in London, you’ll never be far from an Uber. These taxis are great for getting directly from A to B.

You might also find it useful to order a London Pass. Now digital, the London Pass gives you access to over 80 attractions in the city. It’s only economic if you plan to visit a lot of attractions (which isn’t something I’ve focused on in this itinerary).

Recap of 4-day London itinerary

Day 1: Sightseeing in Central London

• Buckingham Palace
• St James’s Park
• Houses of Parliament
• River Thames Boat Trip
• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• Natural History Museum
• Science Museum
• Notting Hill
• Portobello Road
• Camden Market
• Primrose Hill
• Walk along the canal to King’s Cross
• Coal Drop’s Yard
• Granary Square
• Olympic Park, Stratford
• Hackney Wick

Day 4: Harry Potter Studio Tour OR Quirky things to do in London

I hope you have an amazing time in London and this guide helps you plan your trip. Let me know if you have any questions.

Enjoyed this London 4 day itinerary? Pin it for later…

Chloe Gunning

With a passion for food, fun and adventure, Chloe is the content creator behind one of the UK's top travel blogs Wanderlust Chloe. From volcano boarding in Nicaragua, to sailing around Sicily and eating her way around Japan, her travels have taken her to some of the coolest spots on the planet. Named Travel Influencer of the Year in 2022, Chloe regularly works with a number of tourism boards, producing inspirational travel content across multiple platforms. Find out more about Chloe here.

Leave a comment Cancel reply

4 days in London itinerary: Plan a trip to London 4 days

Love it? Share it!

Cosmopolitan – cultural – (sometimes) crazy, that is London for you! If you’re thinking of spending 4 days in London itinerary, you’re in for a treat! 

A London 4-day itinerary will be full of history, culture, and an endless array of things to do. From iconic landmarks to world-class museums, there’s something for everyone in London. And with a vibrant nightlife and dining scene, you’ll never be bored. 

So start planning your trip and get ready for an unforgettable experience.

4 days in London itinerary: Plan a trip to London for 4 days

Disclosure: This post contains affiliate links. If you click one of them, we may receive a small commission at no extra cost to you.

Planning your trip to London: London Travel Tips

Planning a trip to an iconic European city like London might be overwhelming, and to fit everything in four days is also difficult, and it’s understandable why. The bustling metropolis of the British Capital City is literally overflowing with things to see, making it all the more bewildering if you’re a first-time visitor.

So how do you fit everything that London has to offer in 4 days? Choose only activities that interest you (musuems, shopping, attractions, etc.) and keep a few hours each day to enjoy green parks, walks, and dining. 

We have tried to include the must-do London bucket list experiences , a day of museums (we picked history museums, but we also got natural and art museums on this list), afternoon tea, and shopping!

4 day London Itinerary: Snapshot

Day 1 of 4 day London itinerary: Arrive in London, visit Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall, Hyde Park, explore Buckingham Palace, St. James Park, West End

Day 2 of 4 days in london itinerary: national gallery, trafalgar square, hop on and hop off tour, london south bank, big ben, houses of parliament, westminster abbey, london eye, churchill war rooms, night tour of london (optional).

• Day 3 of 4 days in London itinerary : Day of museums (Natural History Museum, Victoria and Albert Museum), Oxford Street, Piccadilly Circus, Leicester Square
• Day 4 of London 4 day itinerary : Imperial War Museum, Tower Bridge, Tower of London, Afternoon Tea Cruise, Sky Garden, Dinner at an old English pub

Getting to London, United Kingdom: 

London has six major airports: London City Airport, Gatwick Airport, Heathrow Airport, London Luton Airport, London Stansted Airport, and London Southend Airport.

When traveling from North America or Asia, Heathrow and Gatwick are your best options, considering flight deals and frequencies. We have stopped at Heathrow many times, so you know that makes London an excellent stopover destination. 

For our first trip to London, we flew from Toronto, Canada to Gatwick, London. We booked a transfer from Gatwick to London Victoria Coach Station via National Express. You can take the train as well. We had some luggage and just preferred a coach for comfort. 

Travel and commute in London: 

So we walked a LOT in London and used public transportation only a few times. 

Depending on where you stay during your 4 day London trip, you may need a London City Pass, which includes transportation for 1 to 6, and 10 days along with a sightseeing bus tour and access to attractions like the Tower of London, London Zoo, Windsor Castle, and more. 

So essentially London Pass is a transport, sightseeing, and hop on and hop off ticket – all bundled into one. We found this pass useful for savings on attractions tickets and the one-day sightseeing tour. You can purchase your ticket here.

The 48-hour hop-on and off tour is handy – night or day. The nighttime tour is worth it – to relax and enjoy sightseeing after a day of museum hopping!

Without the London Pass , an affordable and convenient way of using public transportation to get around the city is by buying the Visitor Oyster Card London. 

It is valid for travel on the overground and underground network in Docklands, on the tube, buses, and trams, the Emirates cable car, the Thames River Ferry, and on many National Rail Trains.

Where to stay in London for first-time visitors?

As you prepare for your trip to London, you will need to plan well. Since you are visiting for the first time, it is important to choose a hotel that is centrally located. Doing so will also allow you to take trains or coaches to places nearby and explore more of England. 

We did a lot of research and found the Victoria Coach station area perfect for us. We stayed in a friendly and clean 3-star property (and there were many in the neighborhood), and attractions like Hyde Park, Buckingham Palace, transportation, and restaurants were located within walking distance. 

Our second and third area options include Covent Garden and Mayfair, as they enjoy a prime location and offer a wide range of accommodation to choose from. Covent Garden is home to the London Transport Museum, and The Royal Opera House.

Here are some of the top picks: 

• Sidney Victoria Hotel: This is a reasonably priced hotel in the heart of London, near the Victoria Coach and train station. We stayed here in a room with street views and loved it. The suite was clean and comfortable, and we walked to attractions like Buckingham Palace, St. James Park, and restaurants. Note that the rooms are a bit small though, but also affordable. Click to view hotel room availability here
• Club Quarters Hotel Trafalgar Square: This is a nice 4 star property located near Trafalgar Square. This is perfect as you are in the midst of tons of shopping, and fun dining options. There are attractions also near the Square, and you can walk to museums as well as Buckingham Palace (like we did). Click to view photos and availability
• Marriott Grosvenor Square: This luxury Marriott property is only a few minutes away from many tube stations and Bond Street. It is located in the Mayfair area – great access to sightseeing and restaurants. Book your stay here

Now, here’s our recommended 4 day London itinerary 

This London itinerary assumes that you are in the city the night before, allowing you to enjoy the four full days. 

If you are arriving on day 1, in either of these airports, – Heathrow, Gatwick, Luton, or Stansted, set aside the first half of the day for arrival, getting to your centrally located hotel, and then sightseeing.

We recommend staying in and around the Victoria Station and then walking to Buckingham Palace and nearby parks. You can skip the Kensington Palace on day one if you are pressed for time. 

Also, note all airports have trains which will take you to Central London quickly. 

Start your morning (or afternoon) from your centrally located hotel such as this one, and then walk to the pretty pink cafe – Peggy Porschen Belgravia – for coffee and cake. It is recommended that you book a table so that you can enjoy a nice breakfast.

This cafe is great for London Instagram photos, and also for a lovely all-girls afternoon tea party!

Peggy Porschen Belgravia is a little pricey, and the area near it has many other local cafes and bistros where you can enjoy a nice breakfast. 

Do remember to carry your credit card for payment, as many cafes near Victoria Station won’t accept cash (British Pounds).

Kensington Palace and Gardens

After breakfast, head to the area around Kensington Palace. Kensington Palace is one of the most popular tourist destinations in London. 

Located in Kensington Gardens, the palace has been a royal residence since the 17th century. Today, it is open to the public and houses a number of historic artifacts and works of art.

We recommend buying a morning ticket to visit the staterooms. They are open to the public from 10:00 am to 5:00 pm. Although entry is £20 for adults , it is free for London Pass holders.

Do spend some time at the Kensington Gardens, which is home to the Italian Garden, the Peter Pan Statue, the Diana – Princess of Wales Memorial Playground, and of course the Palace itself.

Royal Albert Hall

A walk across the palace gardens will bring you to the Royal Albert Hall , inaugurated by Queen Victoria in 1871 in memory of her husband Albert. From movie screenings and the annual Proms to tennis matches, there is always something going on here. 

Entry is free for London Pass holders.

Hyde Park is one of the largest parks in central London, and one of the Royal Parks of England. Covering 342 hectares (843 acres), it is the largest of four parks that form a continuous chain along the north side of the River Thames.

It is located next to the Kensington Gardens. Both parks are administered by The Royal Parks.

Hyde Park is the site of Speaker’s Corner, where open-air public speaking, debate, and discussion are allowed on almost any topic. And it is busy with visitors and locals enjoying a walk, picnic or jogs almost all the time. Access is free. 

You can also enjoy the Serpentine Gallery, a contemporary art gallery housed in a converted tea pavilion; the Princess Diana Memorial Fountain; the Albert Memorial; and the Serpentine Lake, located at the Hyde Park.

Boating is also possible at The Serpentine. It is open from April until October 31st, from 10 a.m. to around 4 p.m. (during the winter) and 10 a.m. to 8 p.m. (during the summer).

Buckingham Palace 

Up next is Buckingham Palace . We recommend walking to this spot, and it is a lovely stroll, especially in the spring and fall months. Walk to the Palace grounds via Hyde Park from Kensington Gardens. 

Try to get there at least by the late afternoon so that you can finish sightseeing with St. James Park nearby. 

First off, set aside 45 minutes to view the Changing of the Guard ceremony. It is perfect to do so after the crowds disperse, and it is a little calmer and quieter.  

Note that the Changing of the Guard takes place daily in summer but only on Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday in winter. It gets called off on occasions so check timings before you go. You can book a Changing of the Guard tour here

It is important to note that there are night tours that take place in the summers, so this is another reason you should see the palace at the end of the day. 

If interested to view the State Rooms, you must aim to be there by afternoon as well. There are tours/passes for 2:00 pm or 3:45 pm on selected days. Check availability here .

St. James Park

St. James Park is a perfect place to end sightseeing on day one. This green oasis in the heart of the city is perfect for a nice evening stroll. 

In the warmer months, you can see flowers blooming everywhere. There is a cafe on-site where you can enjoy some drinks – tea or coffee, before nighttime activity. 

Nighttime activity 

No trip to London would be complete without seeing a West End show. Book your tickets in advance and enjoy a night of entertainment at one of the world’s most famous theatres, some of which have been running for many years. 

From The Lion King to The Phantom of the Opera there is a musical or show for every taste. 

On the morning of day 2 of London itinerary, try to utilize your one day hop on and hop-off tour that comes with the London Pass.  

Trafalgar Square

Plan to get down to the Trafalgar Square . Located in the heart of the city, this historic square is home to Nelson’s Column, the National Gallery, and the National Portrait Gallery. 

The Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey are also nearby, making this area a must-visit for any first-time visitor to London.

Spend time around the square admiring the various structures and the ambience of the surroundings. 

National Gallery

The National Gallery is a must-visit for art history fans. It is home to many masterpieces of art from the 13th to the 19th centuries.

Admission to the collection is free, but for special exhibitions held in the Sainsbury Wing, there is an entry fee, which can be purchased online. 

If you are not a museum fan, we recommend completing one round of the hop on and hop off tour , and then get down by the Big Ben stop.  

If walking, make your way to the south bank of the River Thames from the National Gallery to see three of the most iconic landmarks of the city –  Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, and the gothic building of the Westminster Abbey, the site of the country’s coronation church since 1066.

Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament

Big Ben is a must-see – it’s an iconic London landmark that you won’t want to miss. On our trip, we were able to see it, in all its glory without any scaffolding. Take a walk around the clock tower and marvel at its beauty. It makes for a nice photo spot in London as well. 

The Houses of Parliament is the seat of the British government, and it’s definitely worth a visit. You can take a tour of the Houses of Parliament, or simply admire the architecture from the outside. Either way, it’s a must-see when you’re in London. 

Set aside 1-2 hours for sightseeing here. 

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey is one of the most famous churches in the world, and it’s definitely worth a visit. From the Houses of Parliament, it is only a 3-minute walk. 

It is a gothic church and a well-known UNESCO World Heritage Site in London. The architecture of the Abbey is incredible, and there’s so much history inside. It has been the coronation church of the British monarchy since the 11th century, and the final resting place for over 17 monarchs. 

Plus visitors love to see where Kate and William got married! 🙂 

Make sure to check out the Royal tombs (where 30 royals are buried), and the beautiful stained glass windows while you are there. 

You will need to book an entrance ticket for the Westminster Abbey, and it is free with the London Pass .

Across River Thames is the London Eye or the Millennium Wheel. This is a great spot to soak in 360° views of London. 

A ride to the top takes about thirty minutes, and the views are worth the effort. We do recommend booking tickets in advance so that you can skip the line. Buy your fast track tickets for the London Eye here.

After visiting the London Eye, take a walk along the banks of the Thames to see the skyline of London at its best which includes the Millennium Bridge and Shakespeare’s Globe. 

Optional: So we did squeeze in the Churchill War Rooms on this day. It was an easy visit as we stayed in Victoria and the museum is on the way from here to Big Ben and back. 

Coming from the Big Ben/London Eye it will be a 7 to 10-minute walk. 

This is a paid museum, but it is worth it! The War Rooms had been on my bucket list for a while. Both Salil and I loved WWI and WWII history, and if you do too, then you must visit this museum. 

Plan to spend at least 1.50 to 2 hours here. This is where the then Prime Minister Winston Churchill lived and worked during WWII. 10 Downing Street is also located nearby.

Here is a walking tour of the area, along with the entrance ticket for the Churchill War Rooms. 

Nighttime activity

We personally liked a night tour of London City. This tour is all of 1.50 hours, and it was amazing to see the various landmarks under the night lights. Here is a ticket to book

If you are not interested in a night tour, walk to Chinatown (20 minutes) for dinner!

Day 3 of 4 day London itinerary: Day of museums (Natural History Museum, Victoria and Albert Museum), Oxford Street, Piccadilly Circus, Leicester Square

On day three of the London itinerary, start with some museum hopping and then go shopping in the evening. 

If you are not into shopping, you will still love to walk through various neighborhoods and find spots and hidden gems for photos, and places to eat.

Explore some of the finest museums in London, as they are free! These museums are also located pretty close to each other and can be reached on foot. 

Natural History Museum

Start with the Natural History Museum, which is one of the must-see attractions in London. It’s free to enter, so there’s no excuse not to go! 

The museum is home to over 80 million specimens, including dinosaurs, animals, rocks, and minerals. You could easily spend a whole day here, but if you only have 4 days in London, make sure to at least see the dinosaurs!

Victoria and Albert Museum

If you’re a fan of art, history, or simply beautiful architecture, then a visit to the Victoria and Albert Museum is a must during your time in London. 

Founded in 1852, the museum is home to over 2 million objects from a range of different cultures and periods, making it one of the largest collections in the world. 

Victoria and Albert Museum is United Kingdom’s popular art museum, with one of the world’s most comprehensive and significant collections of Chinese art, as well as one of the West’s largest. 

The collection of South Asian Art here is the most important in the Western world. The scope of coverage includes items from South and South East Asia, Himalayan Kingdoms, China, and more. 

The Victoria and Albert Museum is open every day from 10:00 am to 5:45 pm, with a late opening on Fridays until 10:00 pm. Admission is free, although there may be charges for special exhibitions.

After museums, we stopped at a cute and Instagrammable cafe – EL&N. It is all pretty in pink, and they serve brunch, light lunch, and coffee! The nearest tube is South Kensington. 

You can spend time shopping here, or make your way to Piccadilly Circus and then Leicester Square.

Piccadilly Circus

Piccadilly Circus, a vibrant square is always buzzing with activity, day or night. You can catch a show at the world-famous theater, do some shopping at one of the many nearby stores, or just hang out. 

No matter what you do, you’re sure to have a great time at Piccadilly Circus! 

Leicester Square

A short walk from Piccadilly is Leicester Square, the area noted for movie premiers in London. It is not only known for its theatre shows, but also for food joints and shopping. 

This area is also close to Chinatown and Covent Garden (see London is very walkable), but you can take your pick for dining! 

When you walk 5 to 7 minutes from Leicester Square you will be at the Apple Market in Covent Garden, and here you will also find lots of cool bars and restaurants for dinner. 

More shopping

If you’re looking for some retail therapy, Oxford Street is the place to be. This busy shopping street is home to all the major retailers, as well as plenty of smaller shops and boutiques. 

Day 4: Imperial War Museum, Tower Bridge, Tower of London, Afternoon Tea Cruise, Sky Garden, Dinner at an old English pub

Spend your last day in London at the iconic Tower of London. In the afternoon, take a cruise down the River Thames with an afternoon tea. To round off your trip, enjoy dinner and drinks in Soho or at an old English pub near your hotel!

Imperial War Museum

As you make your way to the Tower of London (from Victoria), you will pass the Imperial War Museum. We enjoyed our stop here. 

It is a free museum and has permanent exhibitions from the World Wars and other present-day conflict exhibits. 

We spend a lot of time at the Holocaust Galleries and highly recommend it. 

Borough Market

If you are not interested in a museum, consider a stop at the Borough Market before arriving at the Tower of London. 

London’s most renowned food market, Borough Market is a must-visit for any foodie. With over 100 stalls selling everything from fresh produce to artisan cheese and meats, you’ll be spoilt for choice. 

Be sure to try some of the delicious street food on offer too – the chorizo burgers are a personal favorite!

Tower Bridge

From the Borough Market, it is a short walk to Tower Bridge (15 minutes). You must walk across the bridge for getting nice pictures and views of HMS Belfast, once a WWII ship now converted into a museum. 

There are a lot of places to take photos of the Bridge – from either side of the river, near the Shard, outside where cruises leave, or from the Tower of London entrance areas. 

Note that you can access the top of the Tower Bridge, and even walk on the glass floor and enjoy an exhibition after. These exhibits will provide an insight into the fascinating history of this impressive structure. 

Tower Bridge and London Bridge are two different entities. There are a few bridges in London known as the ‘London Bridge’, but they aren’t very spectacular like the Tower Bridge and many visitors confuse between the two. 

When you see pictures of a gorgeous bridge with blue guardrails that is massive and iconic – then that is the Tower Bridge, which we are referring to here!

Tower of London

Near the bridge is the Tower of London, the place where many infamous prisoners were publicly executed. Also home to the Crown Jewels and a vast variety of other gemstones, this is a must visit fortress on any London itinerary . 

Remember to book tickets in advance, (included in the London Pass ) and keep at least two hours to see all the main sights. 

Try to get all the sightseeing done before 3:00 pm so that you can enjoy a lovely cruise after. 

Afternoon tea cruise on River Thames

We really enjoyed our afternoon tea cruise on River Thames. It was a great way to check out all the city highlights from the Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, St Paul’s Cathedral, and more with cups of tea, scones, sandwiches, and desserts!

You can book a spot online here . The tour lasts 2 hours, and you can access the meeting point at the Lower Pier by the Tower of London. 

Another fast and cheap alternative option is to opt for a Thames River Cruise only (without afternoon tea). This is operated by the same company as above, but it is a budget option. 

You can also take advantage of hop-on and hop-off river services to see more places along the river on your way to/from the Tower. 

A ten minute walk from the Tower will bring you to Sky Garden, which offers epic views of the city similar to the London Eye, but from the opposite side of the Thames. 

Entry is free but you have to book a slot beforehand. 

We found the drinks fairly costly here, but considering the ambiance, it was worth it. Try and get here by sunset to watch the skyline turning into gold.

In the evening, enjoy a traditional English dinner at a pub or restaurant. We opted to stay closer to our accommodation in London Victoria and dined at the Marquis of Westminster. 

We order fish and chips with a chilled pint of beer and absolutely loved the ambiance here. This English pub dates back to the year 1839 when it was established as a corner house. 

The restaurant has four fabulous red telephone boxes opposite it – perfect for photos!

London 4 day itinerary sightseeing Map

More things to add to your London itinerary 4 days

We tried to add a mix of history, museums, shopping, and a fulfilled city break to London in this itinerary. However, there is still a lot that you can do in London. We have compiled a list of attractions, especially musuems which you can swap for any of the activities above,

Tate Modern London

If you’re looking for something a little different, check out the Tate Modern – it’s a modern art museum with some really interesting pieces. 

This is a free attraction and can be best explored when you are on the south bank of the River Thames (it is a 3-minute walk from Shakespeare’s Globe and Millennium Bridge).

British Museum 

If you’re looking for a bit of culture, the British Museum is a must-see. One of the largest museums in the world, it houses a vast collection of artifacts from all over the globe. 

From Egyptian mummies to Roman coins, there’s something for everyone at the British Museum. This museum is also free to explore, and we recommend planning a visit in the morning to beat the rush. 

If you are following this itinerary, swap one of the museums on day 3 of the London travel itinerary to make room for this attraction.  

St Paul’s Cathedral

We saw the St Paul’s Cathedral on one of our walks in London. It is one of the most iconic landmarks and is definitely worth a visit for epic photos. 

St Paul’s Cathedral boasts of one of the biggest domes in the world at 366 feet high. You can walk up the steps to reach the top of the cathedral for panoramic views whilst checking out the stunning architecture.  

This is where the wedding of Prince Charles and Diana took place. You can book an entry ticket here .

Notting Hill

Noting Hill is one of the most popular tourist destinations in London. A lot of people come here to see the famous Notting Hill Carnival, which is held every August. 

If you’re not visiting for the carnival, you can still enjoy the area’s vibrant atmosphere and stunning architecture by strolling through its charming streets.

In addition to being a great place to people-watch, Notting Hill is home to some of London’s best markets. Portobello Road Market is the most famous, but if you’re looking for something a bit more low-key, try Spitalfields Market or Camden Lock Market.

Wandering Notting Hill is perfect from South Kensington – in the late afternoon or evening for dining and shopping!

Camden Market

If you’re looking for a more alternative market experience, Camden Market is a good option. This vibrant market is full of unique stalls selling everything from vintage clothes to handmade jewelry. There’s also a great selection of street food on offer, so you can refuel after a day of shopping. 

This is a great afternoon or evening activity to add to your London itinerary. 

Old Spitalfields Market

If you want to get a feel for the local London scene, then make your way to Old Spitalfields Market. This is one of the city’s most popular markets, attracting locals and tourists alike.

It is a covered market in Spitalfields, located just outside of the City of London. This market has been on the site for over 350 years.

You’ll find everything from fresh produce to vintage clothes, so there’s something for everyone. Make sure to try some of the delicious food when you are there.

Day trips from London England 

Planning to extend your visit, or swap one of the 4 days in London to include a day trip? Great choice! 

London is one city that deserves to be visited often to actually feel its pulse and discover all the attractions. 

You can surely take a break from the hustle and bustle of the city and venture on a day trip of your choice (we did too. Actually we stayed in England for over a week, and included day tours from London). 

Here are some of the options,

Windsor Castle: 

Windsor Castle, with its 700-year history as the official residence of the Queen and home to the royals for more than 900 years, is a stunning example of medieval architecture. 

The castle is a major tourist attraction, from seeing the magnificent cabins and vast castle property. 

You can take the train from Waterloo station, which takes around one hour to reach Windsor station. Admission tickets should be booked online , for those who do not have the London Pass. 

Harry Potter Studio Tour: 

Even if you are not a Harry Potter fan, you should find time to take this studio, especially if you are traveling with kids. These tours last anywhere from 7 to 11 hours and include round-trip transportation. 

This experience gives you an insight into Harry Potter filming. So if movies are your interest, then the special visual effects section will showcase the incredible Potter film location of the Forbidden Forest among others. 

The best way to get to the studio is by taking a bus tour from either Victoria Station or King’s Cross.

Tours for Harry Potter fans

• Ticket to Warner Bros Studio with Transfer : Book here
• Harry Potter Studio Tour and Oxford Day Trip (full day): Book here
• Harry Potter Walking Tour with Platform 9 ¾ (3 hours): Book here
• Harry Potter London Walking Tour: Book here

If you’re looking to get outside of London for a day, Stonehenge should definitely be on your list. This prehistoric monument is about 2 hours away from the city and is one of the most famous sites in all of England. 

Built over 5000 years ago, the architectural marvel of Stonehenge was on top of our England bucket list. It is a UNESCO World Heritage site today, and pretty popular with tourists of all ages.

Not that you can’t go inside the stone circle, but you can walk around it and learn about its history. 

Trust us, it’s definitely worth the trip! We booked a half-day tour and it was absolutely enjoyed it.

Another day trip option from London is the city of Bath. This picturesque city is home to the Roman Baths, which are well-preserved Roman ruins that you can actually go inside and explore. 

There’s also a lovely Abbey and plenty of cute shops and cafes. Bath is the perfect place to spend a day if you’re looking to relax and soak up some British history.

The Cotswolds

For something a bit more rural, head to the Cotswolds. This area of England is known for its rolling hills, cute villages, and quaint country pubs. 

It’s the perfect place to go for a day of hiking or biking, and you’re sure to find plenty of photo-worthy spots along the way. 

The Cotswolds is also home to some great castles and gardens, so there’s plenty to see and do. You can also book a full-day tour that combines a few villages stop.

White Cliffs of Dover

The best spot to see some of the impressive white Cliffs of the Southern Coast of England are from Dover. 

They are easy to explore on a day tour that combines a few more stops along the way to make the most of your England trip! 

This one includes the White Cliffs of Dover and Canterbury on a guided day tour.

More London Travel Tips

To further help with your London trip planning, here are some additional tips to make your visit more enjoyable. 

Wear comfortable walking shoes and walk as much as possible : Despite the excellent public transport system, London is actually a great walking city. We walked a ton (30k steps every day) and LOVED it.

Tons of cute cafes, historic sites, and neighborhoods allowed us to break without being tired or bored. 

Exploring Victoria and the city of London was like a self guided walking tour for us, and were able to cover a lot of places in a short period of time!

Coaches are not bad: Coaches in London were actually very convenient to get to the airports and back, and affordable too (as compared to Express trains). Plus you can enjoy the views outside! 

UK is not a part of the EU, and Schengen Visa won’t work: If you require a tourist visa to visit London, then know that the usual Schengen Visa for Europe won’t work. You will need to apply for a separate/different travel visa prior to your arrival.

Passport holders from the USA and Canada do not need a visa and can stay there for up to 6 months. 

The United Kingdom is no longer an EU member, so Euros won’t work here either. Ensure you carry pounds (or exchange for them).

Credit cards are widely accepted and are preferred over cash in many places like restaurants, tour buses, etc. 

Take insurance : If you want your London trip to be perfect, do apply for travel insurance to protect you from any untoward incident or any potential risk associated with it, including medical emergencies. This is a requirement for visa purposes. 

Download travel apps: Download some of these handy apps prior to your London trip. Such as The London Pass App (sightseeing), Google Maps app (save our map from this itinerary), Citymapper (transport system), XE (for currency exchange), etc.

Budget for 4 day London trip

London can be an expensive trip if you don’t plan it right. It is possible to experience the best of what London has to offer by allotting a budget for accommodation and flights first and then getting a transportation savings card.

If you are planning on staying in a hostel, you can surely save money. Hostel dorms can be reserved for one around $35 USD. 

Hotel accommodation is definitely expensive in central London, or in areas close to popular attractions.

When we were researching hotels (we stay in 3-4 star properties) we found that the City of London properties were in the range of $250 to $500 USD. 

Victoria London had a ton of options in the $150 to $280 USD and that’s what we went for.  

These were 3 star properties with clean rooms, sort of standard accommodation, but walkable to attractions in Westminster and transportation (both coach and train stations were nearby). 

When it comes to food, you can surely splurge in cute cafes or pubs. But can also get groceries or eat in fast-food restaurants (pick healthy choices like salad, etc.). 

Set aside $50 to $100 USD per person when eating out all day.

Transportation can be as low as $40 USD set aside just for getting in and from the airport and then walking to various attractions (as long as you choose a centrally located hotel). 

With airport transfers and everyday rides, you will be averaging $15 to $20 USD per day. 

There are a lot of free things to do in London, particularly the Royal Parks and museums. 

Visiting Staterooms in various palaces and access to them with a tour guide will cost anywhere from $30 to $80 USD per person. 

In this case, getting a London Pass will be beneficial as you can get savings on transport and free/discounted entrance tickets to attractions.

So, all in all, for those on a budget it will cost between $65 to $100 per day depending upon the neighborhood you choose to stay in and where you eat. 

If you want a room upgrade + attractions tickets, add another $50 to $120 to your budget (can be saved with the London Pass).

Safety in London

London is relatively a safe city. Being a popular tourist destination and with many sad/negative recent events, we made sure to be aware of our surroundings and avoided crowded areas. 

Scams and pickpocketing incidents are common in London attractions, so do keep your personal belongings – cell phone, money, and cameras close to you. 

When someone asks you for a passport or any ID, always check to confirm that it is a real official – and not bogus police or border security personnel. 

The overall safety risk is low, but we recommend checking your government advisory for travel (against threats, terrorist events, etc.). 

Also, be careful when using public transit for pickpockets. 

In spite of the warnings, we felt safe walking around London – night or day. As a female traveler, I felt safe, and I think London is a nice solo travel destination – full of culture, shopping, reliable metro, and a plethora of tours to choose from (in case you are lonely)!

Lastly, be careful when you cross roads in London. We are so used to the way traffic moves here in Canada, but in London, the traffic moves very fast, and so do pedestrians. 

We are told that traffic accidents are common here, and caution should be the key while crossing the roads or driving.

At a minimum, you do need 3 days in London . That is 3 full days. On our first trip to London, we had 3 days and we utilized it to check out all timed attractions (musuems and cruises).  In the early morning and evening hours, we checked out various neighborhoods and shopping areas, parks, and London spots meant for outdoor pleasures!  With four days in London , you can go easily and cover the most important sites (important as per you). If you are in London for more than 3 or 4 days and taking day trips – you can surely explore markets and parks in the evenings. The city actually never sleeps so definitely utilize all the time you get! Prior to our trip, we had a long list of things to do in London (not including day trips) and felt that we needed 5 days to comfortably explore all the museums.  We had to skip a few museums on our first trip but made up by utilizing the evenings in London after our day tours.

Probably not, but it’s a good start. Try to add a mix of popular attractions, shopping, and some wandering in various neighborhoods.  When it comes to intimate sightseeing, choose museums and tours that appeal to you, instead of trying to see it all! London is one city, which requires repeat visits to explore all that it has to offer.

We hope you enjoyed our London itinerary and found it useful to plan your trip!

London is a city that has something for everyone. If you’re looking for a world-class museum experience, historical landmarks, or a vibrant theater and nightlife scene, you can find it all in London. 

The city is also home to some of the best shopping in the world. With four days in London, you’ll have plenty of time to check out numerous attractions and highlights. 

If you liked this post, read our UK and Europe travel guides below,

• London virtual tours
• Europe itinerary 2 weeks

Pin: 4 day London itinerary and guide

Mayuri is the founder & editor of ToSomePlaceNew. An Indian-Canadian globetrotter, she has traveled to over 100 cities and 40+ countries.

Mayuri has a graduate degree in History and is an MBA. She loves traveling the world particularly Europe, capturing historical nuances, and discussing that over a cup of coffee with her husband, Salil. 

She has lived in Portugal, Canada and India.

Similar Posts

Perfect 2 days in Amsterdam Itinerary

A city intertwined in love; with cyclists and canals, Amsterdam is the glorious capital of the Netherlands. It is a city of unbelievable legacies and heritage, of museums and art, and a place of historical importance. Our 2 days in Amsterdam itinerary was filled with city highlights and more. Truly unique as a city built…

Key West Itinerary 2 days: How to spend the perfect weekend

Disclosure: This post on Key West Itinerary 2 days, is sponsored by Hotels.com to bring forth some of the stunning wanderlust destinations in the USA. As always the opinions and ideas are my own. Located in the state of Florida, at the southernmost point of the United States is Key West. Known for watersports (like…

Austria Itinerary 7 days: Cities, castles & landscapes

The beautiful east Alpine country of Austria is one of the prettiest in Central Europe. Use our Austria itinerary 7 days to plan your trip in an easy way and make the most of your visit.  Austria Itinerary 7 days: Cities, castles & landscapes 7 days in Austria itinerary: A snapshot Other Europe Austria Itinerary…

2 days in Brussels Itinerary: How to spend a weekend in Brussels

Wondering how to spend a weekend in Brussels? We got you covered. The capital of Belgium, Brussels is a city that has been described as “the melting pot of Europe”. It’s also a very popular tourist destination and it’s easy to see why. In this post, we will share an easy to follow 2 days…

One day in Amalfi: Coast Itinerary + Trip Ideas

Planning to spend one day in Amalfi town? Or a road trip whilst soaking in the gorgeous views? Here is everything you need to know about crafting the perfect one day in Amalfi Coast itinerary! Italy is unique for many things, so besides visiting the popular hot spots of Rome and Venice it is highly…

Edmonton to Jasper Itinerary with things to do in Jasper

The province of Alberta is FULL of amazing natural and historical sites. Of course, the world knows the beautiful Banff National Park. But there are also other national and provincial parks that are equally stunning and deserves a visit. In this post, we will be highlighting the capital city of Alberta, Edmonton to Jasper Itinerary…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Turn your dream vacation into reality

4 Days in London (Best Trip Itinerary + Map)

• June 18, 2024

A full itinerary for 4 days in London (+ a map with all must-see places, the best Afternoon Tea experience and how to skip the lines at Westminster Abbey and Tower of London).

Situated on the River Thames, London is the largest city and the capital of England. Founded in 50 AD by the Romans, London is now a vibrant and multicultural place with thousands of years of history. It is also the seat of the British royal dynasty.

In 1777, the writer Samuel Johnson said – “ When a man is tired of London he is tired of life ”. And it is still true today! With its countless attractions, world-class museums, royal palaces and beautiful parks, London is one of the most popular cities to visit in the world.

Best 4-day London Itinerary

Planning a trip to London can be a bit overwhelming, especially for first-time visitors. It’s a huge city with plenty to see and do! The capital of the United Kingdom features more than a dozen must-see attractions, including Buckingham Palace, Westminster Abbey, Big Ben and Tower Bridge.

In order to help you plan your stay, I’ve prepared this extensive London itinerary for 3 to 4 days . It covers the city’s most famous attractions and historical sites, plus some great restaurants and hotel recommendations. You’ll also find my favourite places for afternoon tea!

4 Days in London Itinerary (for first-timers)

• Day 1: Westminster Cathedral, Buckingham Palace, The British Museum
• Day 2: Westminster Abbey, Palace of Westminster, Big Ben, London Eye, Afternoon tea at Ham Yard Hotel
• Day 3: Tower Bridge, Tower of London, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Sky Garden
• Day 4: Windsor Castle, Soho and Covent Garden, Thames River Cruise

In my opinion, spending around 4 days in London is just the right amount of time . This timeframe allows you to explore all key attractions without feeling too rushed. You’ll be able to take a day trip to Windsor Castle or Hampton Court Palace as well. However, if you’re short on time, I’ve outlined some ideas for experiencing London in 2 or 3 days after the 4-day itinerary.

Tips on your 4-day London itinerary

Accommodation – already have a hotel booked? Then check your hotel’s location and make sure it’s in a good area (see my guide on where to stay in London ).

My favourite place to stay in London : Apex Temple Court Hotel Why : great central location, walking distance to metro and bus stops What I like : spacious quiet rooms with very comfy beds

Restaurants – if you want to dine at a particular restaurant, make a reservation, especially for Fridays and Saturdays. It is very difficult to get a table even during the week.

How to skip the lines – the capital of England is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world, so there is no true low season. So my best tip is to either buy the London Pass (free entry to over 80 attractions) or book skip-the-line tickets individually for each attraction. In this way, you won’t waste hours waiting in line.

Free museums – if you’re a museum person, you’ll love the fact that a lot of the museums in London are free. There is no entrance fee to visit the famous British Museum, the National Gallery, Victoria and Albert Museum and many others.

Map – find here a map of this 4-day itinerary for London (with all attractions and restaurants’ websites).

Money – some places like museum shops and bakeries could be cashless (accept only card or mobile payments), so make sure to have a functional credit or debit card.

4 Days in London itinerary – Day 1

Breakfast at chestnut bakery belgravia.

08:20 AM – 09:00 AM

Start your first day of this 4-day London itinerary with breakfast at Chestnut Bakery . This bakery, located in the heart of the Belgravia district, is my favourite one in all of London ! Note that they also have a second branch in Covent Garden (in case the location is more convenient for you).

Pastries are amazing, especially the croissants! I loved the croque monsieur croissant and the pistachio and raspberry croissant.

Buckingham Palace

09:30 AM – 12:00 PM

Buckingham Palace is one of the most famous sites in London . It is the residence of the reigning sovereign of the United Kingdom and where the Changing of the Guard Ceremony takes place .

Originally, the palace was built for the Duke of Buckingham in 1703. In 1761 King George III acquired it as a private residence for Queen Charlott. The palace was remodelled and enlarged (three new wings were constructed) several times during the 19th century. Since 1837, Buckingham Palace has been the London residence of the British monarch. The first monarch to reside here was Queen Victoria.

The palace is open to visitors during the months of July, August and September . You can tour the 19 magnificent State Rooms, furnished with some of the greatest treasures from the Royal Collection. You’ll need between 1h30min and 2 hours to see everything.

Booking in advance is recommended (tickets are timed-entry and often sold out). Entry ticket : Skip-the-line Buckingham Palace (free cancellation up to 24 hours)

The Changing of the Guard ceremony takes place at 11:00 AM on Monday, Wednesday, Friday, Sunday and daily in the summer . It lasts about 40min and it’s free to attend. I’d recommend you show up at least 15min before the beginning to get a good viewing spot. Please note that the ceremony may be cancelled last minute due to bad weather ( see the schedule here ).

To get closer to the action and learn more about the ceremony and the royal family, join this Changing of the Guard Walking Tour .

If you are not interested in the Changing of the Guard ceremony or the palace is closed during the time of your visit, skip it. Choose another attraction nearby instead (see other options further in the post).

Lunch at Queens of Mayfair

12:00 PM – 01:30 PM

For lunch head to Queens of Mayfair , a great place for brunch. The menu is focused on seasonal produce and the coffee is excellent! I particularly enjoyed The Royal Fungus (forest mushrooms with scrambled eggs and black truffle) and The Royal Breakfast.

Another option for lunch is Victoria House Coffee & Food . It is located away from Buckingham Palace, but just a short walk from the next attraction of this London itinerary. Victoria House Coffee & Food is a great place to try traditional English brunch . The Avo Bonus Breakfast and the Protein Breakfast were very delicious!

As London is full of awesome brunch spots, I’ll share with you one more option for lunch. I found this great place, Drury 188-189 , during my last trip to London. I absolutely loved their Eggs Benedict and the fact that you can customize your avocado toast.

The British Museum

02:00 PM – 04:00 PM

The British Museum features one of the largest collections of history and art inside its walls. It was established in 1753 with the private collections of Sir Hans Sloane, Robert Harley and Sir Robert Cotton. Today the museum houses about 8 million objects in its permanent collection! Some of the highlights include the Rosetta Stone, Parthenon sculptures, the Mummy of Katebet, the Aztec serpent and many more.

Entrance is free , but if you’re visiting in the high season it is recommended to book a timeslot for your visit . To see all the highlights and learn about the history of the museum and the objects, you can opt for a guided tour of the British Museum .

I enjoyed the museum and would definitely recommend it, even if you’re not usually into museums.

Dinner at Honest Burgers Holborn

For some of the best burgers in London, head to Honest Burgers Holborn . Try the Tribute Burger (if you’re a beef lover) or Buffalo Burger (if you prefer chicken like me) with Rosemary salted chips.

Another awesome burger place is Fat Hippo (my favourite burger place in London). They are famous for their dirty fries and offer an amazing selection of chicken burgers (besides the regular ones with beef).

London by Night Sightseeing Bus Tour

To discover the city’s most iconic landmarks lit up against the night sky, join this London by Night Sightseeing Bus Tour . You’ll see the famous Big Ben, the London Eye, Tower Bridge, the fountains of Trafalgar Square and the neon screens of Piccadilly Circus.

More ideas for 4 days in London – Day 1

Westminster cathedral.

The beautiful Westminster Cathedral is often overlooked in favour of the nearby Westminster Abbey. Completed in 1903 in neo-Byzantine style, it is made almost entirely of brick. The cathedral is the largest Catholic church in the UK and the seat of the Archbishop of Westminster.

Don’t miss to take a look inside – the interior is decorated with stunning mosaics and more than 100 different varieties of marble !

St. James’s Park

Opposite Buckingham Palace, you’ll find St. James’s Park. This is the place with the most friendly squirrels in all of London , so don’t forget to bring a bag of nuts. There are also lots of ducks and swans. Every time I’m in London, I make sure to visit – it’s one of my favourite places to escape the crowds.

The National Gallery

The National Gallery is located right on the famous Trafalgar Square. It houses a rich collection of over 2,300 paintings dating from the 13th century to 1900 . You’ll have the chance to see original works by Monet, Van Gogh, Leonardo da Vinci, Michaelangelo, Rembrandt and many more.

4 Days in London itinerary – Day 2

Breakfast at royal artisan bakery.

Start your second day with breakfast at Royal Artisan Bakery . It’s a lovely bakery with an excellent range of baked goods and desserts from artisan sourdough bread. I really enjoyed their raisin rolls.

Westminster Abbey

09:30 AM – 11:00 AM

Westminster Abbey is one of the most famous churches in England . Its history dates back as far as 960 AD. The magnificent Gothic church we see today was constructed by Henry III between 1245 and 1272.

Westminster Abbey is the coronation and burial site for English and British monarchs , starting with the coronation of William the Conqueror in 1066. 30 kings and queens are buried here, among them Edward the Confessor, Elizabeth I, Mary, Queen of Scots and King Henry V.

Booking in advance is recommended (tickets are timed-entry and often sold out) Entry ticket : Skip-the-line Westminster Abbey (free cancellation up to 24 hours)

Some of the abbey’s highlights are the Coronation Chair (in St. George’s Chapel), the High Altar, the Quire Screen, the Poets’ Corner, and the Queen’s Window .

Westminster Abbey is incredibly stunning, one of the most impressive churches I’ve seen in Europe. I’d recommend a visit, even if you’re not usually interested in churches.

If you have additional time, you can take a look at the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries as well (entrance via the new Weston Tower). The galleries tell the thousand-year history of the abbey through historic art, relics and historical documents. Note, that there is an additional fee to visit the galleries and tickets are timed entry.

Palace of Westminster and Big Ben

11:00 AM – 12:00 PM

Big Ben is the city’s most iconic landmark . The tower is part of the Palace of Westminster, also known as the House of Parliament.

Actually, Big Ben is not the real name of the tower. It is the name of the bell located inside of it. The tower itself is called Elizabeth Tower after Queen Elizabeth II. Big Ben stands at a height of 96 meters (315 feet) and features 4 clocks on each face of the tower.

You can visit Big Ben only on a guided tour , lasting for approximately 90 minutes. You will have the opportunity to reach the top of the tower where the Great Bell hangs. However, do keep in mind that you need to climb the 334-step spiral stairwell to the top.

The Palace of Westminster is where the House of Lords and House of Commons meet (the two houses of Parliament of the United Kingdom). The original 11th-century palace was destroyed by fire in 1834 and later rebuilt in the Gothic Revival style. The building as we see it today was completed in 1860.

It is possible to visit the House of Parliament, but only on certain days (usually Saturdays). That’s why I didn’t include a visit to the palace in this 4-day itinerary for London. Still, if this is on your list, you’ll have enough time to do it. You just need to book in advance your Palace of Westminster tour here (self-guided or on a guided tour).

The best views of the palace and Big Ben can be captured across the Thames River .

12:00 PM – 01:00 PM

London Eye was completed in 1999 and since then has been the city’s most popular attraction . The 135m (443 feet) tall Ferris wheel features an incredible panoramic view over the whole of London .

The wheel turns very slowly, so you can easily enjoy the stunning views from the glass capsules (each of them weighing 10 tons). The ride takes approximately 30 minutes.

Booking in advance is recommended (tickets are timed-entry and often sold out) Entry ticket : Skip-the-line London Eye (free cancellation up to 24 hours)

Afternoon tea at Ham Yard Hotel

You can’t go to London and not have afternoon tea! It’s one of the most unique British experiences .

Afternoon tea is a 19th-century tradition. It all started with Anna, the seventh Duchess of Bedford in 1840. She always got hungry in the afternoons (who doesn’t), so she usually asked for some tea with cakes to be delivered to her rooms. This quickly turned into a habit and soon her friends followed her. Half a century later, the Afternoon tea was a popular social event.

Today, the tea is usually served between 12:00 PM and 04:00 PM. Food consists of several types of fresh finger sandwiches, homemade cakes and pastries and scones with clotted cream and preserves. The dress code is smart casual or formal, depending on the venue. So before booking a table, always check in advance the dress code.

There are hundreds of places serving Afternoon tea in London, ranging from stylish tea rooms and luxury hotels to tea shops and restaurants. I did quite a bit of research before finally choosing the Ham Yard Hotel . I liked the atmosphere, the food was excellent and the dress code – smart casual , so there was no need to bring an additional outfit and shoes just for the event.

Also, make a reservation well in advance (for the popular places even 2-3 months in advance). I was visiting in the autumn and a few of the restaurants were fully booked for months in advance.

My other advice is as the Afternoon tea could be an expensive experience (between £30-£80 per person), book it instead of a lunch or an early dinner.

Here are some other great places for Afternoon tea (besides Ham Yard Hotel):

• Oscar Wilde Lounge at Café Royal
• The Palm Court at The Sheraton
• Grand Mirror Room at Rosewood
• The Foyer & Reading Room at Claridge’s
• Thames Foyer at The Savoy
• Dalloway Terrace at the Bloomsbury Hotel
• The Chesterfield Mayfair Hotel
• The Rubens at the Palace

Dinner at Berenjak

For dinner make your way to Berenjak . This Persian restaurant, located in Soho, has a Michelin Bib Gourmand. Berenjak offers a menu, which reinterprets the flavours of Tehran’s hole-in-the-wall kabab houses . The hummus was the best I’ve ever tried, and the Jujeh Kabab and Kabab Koobideh were excellent!

It’s a small and very popular restaurant, so make a reservation at least 1-2 months in advance. If it’s fully booked, consider arriving at least 40 minutes before the opening times to secure a table. They typically set aside some seats at the counter for walk-ins.

More ideas for 4 days in London – Day 2

Churchill war rooms.

If you’re interested in WW2, a visit to Churchill War Rooms is a must. The museum occupies the former British government command centre throughout the Second World War and it comprises two sections – the Cabinet War Rooms and the Churchill Museum.

The Cabinet War Rooms allow visitors to explore the huge underground bunker from where Winston Churchill directed the war effort during World War 2. You can explore this maze of rooms, where people actually lived and worked. Everything is exactly how it was on the day the lights were switched off in 1945.

The museum is popular, thus it’s best to book your ticket to Churchill War Rooms here in advance. The ticket includes an excellent audio guide, which I found very useful.

Imperial War Museum

Founded during WWI, the Imperial War Museum is one of the best military museums in Europe . It covers both the service and civilian aspects of all conflicts in which British or Commonwealth forces had been involved from 1914 to the present day. The vast collection includes military vehicles and weapons, official documents, photographs and videos.

4 Days in London itinerary – Day 3

Breakfast at watchhouse tower bridge.

08:00 AM – 09:00 AM

Start your day with some excellent coffee at WatchHouse Tower Bridge . Located just steps away from Tower Bridge, this lovely café offers delicious sourdough toasts and cakes you can choose from the display. I really enjoyed the avocado toast with salmon and eggs Benedict.

Tower Bridge

09:00 AM – 09:30 AM

Often mistaken as London Bridge, Tower Bridge is one of the city’s most iconic landmarks . Constructed in 1894 in Neo-Gothic style, the bridge connects the north and south banks of London.

It is a bascule bridge, which means that two halves of the roadway can be raised to allow river traffic to pass. It was impossible to build a traditional fixed bridge at street level because this would cut off the access of ships to the port facilities in the Pool of London (between London Bridge and the Tower of London).

You can visit the Tower Bridge Exhibition, which gives you access to the bridge’s old engine room, the towers and the glass walkway between them. However, considering the little time you’ll have in London, I’d recommend seeing the bridge only outside .

Tower of London

The Tower of London was originally built by William the Conqueror in 1066 as a royal castle and a fortress. It was expanded in the 13th century by Henry III and Edward I and was a royal residence until the 17th century. The tower served many purposes, including a prison and an execution place for famous people like Anne Boleyn, and Thomas Cromwell.

Today the Tower of London houses the Crown Jewels . It’s a remarkable collection, which includes the Imperial State Crown, St Edward’s Crown, Sovereign’s Orb and Sceptre and many other priceless items. The Sovereign Sceptre is decorated with the First Star of Africa, the largest colourless cut diamond in the world!

When you enter the site, head straight to the Crown Jewels . This place gets very crowded and there are long lines in the high season, which you can’t skip.

Don’t miss the sentries outside the Jewel House and the King’s House. There are three ceremonies you can watch daily: the Ceremonial Opening, the Ceremony of the Word and the Ceremony of the Keys.

Booking in advance is recommended (tickets are timed-entry and often sold out) Entry ticket : Skip-the-line Tower of London (free cancellation up to 24 hours) Best guided tour : Yeoman Warder Tour – included in the ticket price (tours begin every 30 minutes near the main entrance)

As a history buff, visiting the Tower of London was one of the highlights of my trip.

Lunch at Grounded London

For lunch head to Grounded London . It’s a great place for brunch, and the ingredients they use are locally sourced and organic. You’ll find a variety of egg dishes, sandwiches and of course sourdough toasts and pancakes. In my opinion, their French toast is one of the best in London!

St. Paul’s Cathedral

02:00 PM – 03:30 PM

St. Paul’s Cathedral is one of the largest cathedrals in the world . It was built in the 17th century after the Great Fire of London destroyed the previous one in 1666.

One of the most impressive parts of the cathedral is its dome , composed of three circular galleries – the Whispering, the Stone and the Golden Gallery. From the latter, standing at 85m (214 feet) height, you can enjoy some impressive views of the city. Note that you have to climb 528 steps to reach the Golden Gallery.

Take time to visit the crypt, which is the resting place of some of London’s most notable citizens, including the Duke of Wellington and Admiral Nelson.

I’d advise you to buy your ticket to St. Paul’s Cathedral in advance if you’re visiting in the high season. An audio guide is included in the admission price . Also, free guided tours are available from Monday to Saturday usually between 11 AM and 3 PM.

03:45 PM – 04:30 PM

Located at the top of ​​20 Fenchurch Street, Sky Garden is the city’s highest public garden . It offers spectacular 360-degree views of London’s iconic skyline.

Housed in a massive glass bubble, the terraced garden occupies three floors. You’ll see a variety of Mediterranean and South African plants, including African Lily, French Lavender, Red Hot Poker and Bird of Paradise.

Admission is free, but you need to book a time slot in advance because they are often fully booked and rarely can accommodate walk-ins.

Booking in advance is recommended (tickets are timed-entry and often sold out) Entry ticket : Skip-the-line Sky Garden (free cancellation up to 24 hours)

If there aren’t any free slots left, you can always book a table for any of the restaurants or bars located there and enjoy the views.

Dinner at The India Restaurant

London is famous with its Indian food, so for dinner head to The India Restaurant . They offer a variety of Indian food from classic to unique dishes. I’d recommend trying the Mixed platter starter and the Butter chicken.

Another great Indian restaurant is Colonel Saab . This modern Indian fine-dining restaurant boasts a stunning interior with crystal chandeliers . The Purani Dilli (samosa), Gutti Vankaya (aubergines with gravy) and dark chocolate cake were fantastic!

More ideas for 4 days in London – Day 3

Jack the ripper walking tour.

Join this Jack the Ripper Walking Tour to discover more about 19th-century London, following the steps of the notorious killer. You’ll visit some of the real-life crime scenes around Whitechapel and hear the stories of the unfortunate victims.

London’s highest viewpoint is at the top of the Shard (on floors 68, 69, and 72). It gives you an incredible 360° view across the whole city . The skyscraper was completed in 2012 and it is one of the tallest buildings in Europe at 309m (1,017 feet).

Make sure to book your Shard entry ticket in advance, it’s a popular attraction and tickets are timed entry.

4 Days in London itinerary – Day 4

Breakfast at gail’s bakery southbank.

Before catching the train to Windsor Castle, stop at Gail’s Bakery for a quick breakfast. Their ham and cheese croissants and banana pecan muffins are excellent.

Windsor Castle

10:00 AM – 12:00 PM

Located just an hour away, Windsor Castle is a perfect half-day trip from London . It is the oldest and largest inhabited castle in Europe! William the Conqueror originally built it as a defensive castle after the Norman conquest in 1066. The first monarch to reside there was Henry I in 1110. Since then, the castle has been the family home of 40 monarchs.

Highlights of the castle include the lavish State Apartments (the ceremonial and historic rooms), the 15th-century St. George’s Chapel and Queen Mary’s Dolls House .

Start your visit with Queen Mary’s Dolls House, as from there you can continue straight to the State Apartments. If you opt to visit the State Apartments first, you’ll need to queue once more to enter the Queen Mary’s Dolls House. Also, there is an excellent audio guide, included in the admission price .

If you’re visiting on Thursdays and Saturdays, don’t miss the Changing of the Guards ceremony at around 11:00 AM.

Booking in advance is recommended (tickets are timed-entry and often sold out) Entry ticket : Skip-the-line Windsor Castle (free cancellation up to 24 hours)

How to get to Windsor Castle Take a train from London Waterloo Station (WAT) to Windsor & Eton Riverside Station (WNR) – about 1h journey. From there it’s about a 10min walk to the castle.

Explore Soho and Covent Garden

Soho and Covent Garden are the most vibrant areas of London. You’ll find plenty of pubs, theatres, restaurants, boutiques, and specialty shops. If you’re a book lover, this is the place to look for some second-hand treasures.

There are also numerous great little bakeries. So I’d suggest you take a self-guided sweet walking tour for lunch and taste some of the delicious pastries.

Arôme Bakery Start your tour with Arôme Bakery , a great little bakery with fantastic pastries . Taste the almond croissant, the egg custard tart and the honey butter toast.

Buns from Home Buns from Home offers a nice selection of delicious savoury and sweet buns . I would recommend the cinnamon bun and the chocolate hazelnut one.

Ben’s Cookies For the best cookies in London , head to Ben’s Cookies . I found them during my first trip to the United Kingdom and since then it’s a must-eat every time I visit the country. My favourite flavours are White Chocolate Chunk, Coconut and Milk Chocolate & Peanut butter.

Donutelier For the best doughnuts in London , head to Donutelier . I particularly enjoyed the Roshers Gianduja (a must-try if you’re a chocolate enthusiast), as well as the Pistachio Raspberry roll.

St. JOHN Bakery Neal’s Yard Another great place for light and fluffy doughnuts is St. JOHN Bakery Neal’s Yard . I always opt for the classics, either the vanilla or chocolate custard doughnuts!

Whipped London For some New York-style cheesecake, visit Whipped London . Their menu boasts around 10 variations of baked cheesecake with delicious toppings. My personal favourite was the Lotus Cookie Dough Baked Cheesecake.

Crumbs & Doilies The last stop of the tour is Crumbs & Doilies . They offer amazing cupcakes , which come in two sizes – small and normal cupcakes. I opted for the salted caramel cupcake and the red velvet cupcake, both outstanding.

Take a River Thames Cruise

Take this Westminster to Greenwich River Thames Cruise and admire the views of the city’s most iconic sights. You’ll journey past historical sights such as the Houses of Parliament and Tower Bridge.

Dinner at The Mayfair Chippy

They say you haven’t experienced London if you haven’t tried fish and chips! So for your last dinner in the city, head to The Mayfair Chippy . Alongside the classic fish and chips (the best in London in my opinion) , they offer an extensive fish menu featuring oysters, crab and mussels.

Another great place for fish and chips is Hobsons Fish and Chips . They serve traditional British chips and their fish is delivered daily from Billingsgate Fish Market.

More ideas for 4 days in London – Day 4

Take a historical pub walking tour.

Join this Historical Pub Walking Tour and explore the city’s most historic pubs, 16th-century taverns and a grand Victorian gin palace. You’ll try some of the finest brews and learn more about the history of the city.

Take a Harry Potter Walking Tour

If you’re a fan of the books, this Harry Potter Walking Tour is a must-do! Start your adventure by finding out which Hogwarts House you belong in. Stroll down Diagon Alley (where Harry buys his first wand) and pass the Leaky Cauldron (the wizarding inn). You’ll see places where certain scenes were filmed and places which inspired the author the most.

The Wallace Collection

The Wallace Collection, set in Hertford House, is one of my favourite hidden gems in London . The museum displays works of art collected in the 18th and 19th centuries by five generations of a British aristocratic family. These collectors include the first four Marquesses of Hertford and Sir Richard Wallace, the illegitimate son of the 4th Marquess.

The collection boasts a remarkable selection of Old Master paintings , including works by famous artists such as Titian, Rembrandt, Rubens, and Velázquez. You’ll also find an extensive collection of armour and decorative arts.

Victoria and Albert Museum

Featuring a collection of over 2.3 million objects, Victoria and Albert is the world’s largest museum of decorative arts and design . Queen Victoria and Prince Albert founded it in 1852. The extensive collection spans 5,000 years of art from cultures all over the world – Europe, North America, Asia and North Africa. And the best part is that the museum is free , like every other national British museum.

The Victoria and Albert is one of my favourite museums in London. I highly recommend it if you’re interested in history and art.

Natural History Museum

Established in 1881, the Natural History Museum features a massive collection of over 80 million items. Among some of its treasures are Hans Sloane’s nautilus shell, Charles Darwin’s pigeons, William Smith’s ammonites, Dippy (a replica of a Diplodocus skeleton), and many others.

Madame Tussauds

The first museum Madame Tussauds was founded in London by Marie Tussaud in 1835. In fact, it is the best Madame Tussauds in Europe. The museum features more than 250 wax figures, divided into 8 different zones, from music and Marvel to royalty.

You can book your Madame Tussauds skip-the-line ticket here .

Mercato Mayfair

There are tens of markets in London, where you’ll find everything from food to flowers, art, antiques, and clothes. However, there is one, which has a truly unique setting. Mercato Mayfair occupies the former St. Mark’s Church ! You’ll find delicious food, craft beer and gorgeous stained-glass windows.

My tip: Try the gin cocktails at Jim & Tonic (it’s awesome).

Must buy tickets in advance

London is one of the most visited cities in Europe. So, I would strongly recommend buying skip-the-line tickets in advance or getting a London Pass (free entry to over 80 attractions). Otherwise, you’ll waste hours of your time waiting in lines.

Buckingham Palace – open only for 3 months in the summer, tickets for the palace are always in high demand, so book your Buckingham Palace ticket here well in advance.

Westminster Abbey – 1.6 million visitors per year, long lines, book your skip-the-line ticket to Westminster here .

London Eye – with 3.5 million visitors per year this is the city’s most popular attraction, so book your London Eye ticket here .

Tower of London – 3 million visitors per year, lines can stretch on for hours, so book your skip-the-line ticket to the Tower here .

Sky Garden – free entrance, but as it is a very popular attraction, you need to book a timeslot to Sky Garden here in advance.

Windsor Castle – with 1.5 million visitors per year, Windsor is the most popular castle to visit near London, so book your skip-the-line ticket to Windsor here .

2-day London itinerary

If you have only 2 days in London, I strongly suggest planning ahead by selecting the attractions you wish to visit and booking skip-the-line tickets for them. During the summer, lines can stretch for hours. I’d recommend opting for 2 or max 3 attractions per day to avoid rushing through everything. Also, consider skipping Windsor Castle (unless it’s a priority for you) due to its location outside the city, which requires additional travel time.

2 days in London

• Day 1: Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, Palace of Westminster, Big Ben, London Eye
• Day 2: Tower Bridge, Tower of London, The British Museum (or Soho, or Afternoon tea at Ham Yard Hotel)

Start your first day with Westminster Abbey, because it opens earlier than the other attractions. Then continue with a visit to Buckingham Palace (open during the summer), Changing of the Guard ceremony and finish the day with the London Eye (it closes at 8:30 PM during the summer) and Big Ben.

During your second day, discover East London and visit the Tower of London and Tower Bridge in the morning. In the afternoon you can visit St. Paul’s Cathedral, experience Afternoon Tea, visit the British Museum, or just explore Soho. It’s up to you!

3-day London itinerary

For 3 days in London (and if you plan your itinerary well in advance) I can say that you’ll be able to see all the key sites. You can follow the 2-day itinerary above and on the third day – take a day trip to Windsor Castle (or Hampton Court Palace) and then enjoy an Afternoon tea.

3 days in London

• Day 2: Tower Bridge, Tower of London, The British Museum
• Day 3: Windsor Castle, Soho and Covent Garden, Afternoon tea at Ham Yard Hotel

Best pass for your 4-day London itinerary

The best way to save money and not buy separate tickets for each of the popular attractions is to use the London Pass. The pass gives you:

• free access to more than 80 of the city’s top attractions
• a digital guide with attraction information and instructions
• 1-day hop-on, hop-off bus tour
• Uber boat by Thames Clippers 1-day river roamer

By using the London Pass (£184 for 4 days) you’ll save a minimum of £20 (in case you follow my itinerary exactly without visiting additional attractions). And if you add more sights, you’ll save even more. Plus, you’ll skip the line everywhere!

• Westminster Abbey – £29
• Tower of London – £35
• St. Paul’s Cathedral – £25
• London Eye – £45
• Windsor Castle (afternoon entry only, after 1 PM) – £33
• 1-day hop-on, hop-off bus tour – £37

Buying separate tickets (total) – £204 London Pass price – £184 Total savings – £20 per person

If you consider following my itinerary, note that the pass doesn’t include the State Rooms of Buckingham Palace. You’ll have to book a separate skip-the-line ticket for this attraction. Also, you’ll need to reserve a time slot for London Eye here in advance.

Where to stay in London

If this is your first time in London or if you’re visiting for a short time (a few days), stay somewhere central. London is a big city and although it has an excellent bus and metro system, you don’t want to waste hours in traffic or public transport.

Thus, I’d recommend you choose a hotel on the north bank, between Buckingham Palace and the Tower of London. The most central area is Covent Garden, packed with restaurants, coffee shops, and shopping boutiques. Also, make sure there is a metro station near your hotel because you’ll have to use public transport daily even if you stay central.

Page8 – Best mid-range

Guest rating: 9.0 | 3,650+ reviews

Fantastic central location between Covent Garden and Trafalgar Square. Walking distance to the British Museum, Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and many great restaurants.

Why book – great location for sightseeing, near several metro stations, quiet soundproofed rooms, 24-hour front desk

The Londoner – Best luxury

Guest rating: 9.0 | 3,220+ reviews

Centrally located on Leicester Square, the hotel is just a short walk from numerous restaurants, attractions and shops. Spacious boutique rooms with comfortable beds.

Why book – perfect central location, guest-only club, rooftop lounge, great Spa and indoor pool

Wilde Aparthotels by Staycity Covent Garden – Best apartment

Guest rating: 9.0 | 3,460+ reviews

Perfectly situated in the heart of the West End theatre district and just a few minutes stroll from Trafalgar Square. The studio apartments feature a fully equipped kitchenette.

Why book – great location at walking distance of attractions and a few metro stations, modern comfy apartments

Getting around in London

London has an excellent public transport system, which consists of metro (known as the Tube) and buses. The metro is the most efficient way to get around the city and there are metro stations at most of the popular attractions. The red double-deck buses are a great option for shorter distances. And the advantage is that you’ll get to see much more of the city this way.

If you’re in London for a few days, the best option is to get an Oyster card . It’s a contactless card, which you can buy at any metro station. You have to pay a deposit for the card and then pre-load it with pay-as-you-go credit. The Oyster card is cheaper than buying a paper single ticket or day travel card because it offers daily capping. This means that after the third journey, you’re not paying any more for additional trips.

To use your Oyster Card just tap it on the yellow card reader when you enter a metro station or get on a bus. You need to tap it again on the yellow card reader when you leave the metro station, but don’t do this when you get off a bus or tram (you will be issued a penalty fare).

Another option to get around the city is the hop-on-hop-off bus . It features 3 specially-designed routes covering over 45 stops and a river cruise from the Tower of London to Westminster.

How to get to London

To get to London from continental Europe, you have to use Eurostar (a high-speed train service). You’ll arrive at the St. Pancras International Station and from there you can take the metro to get to your hotel.

London has several major airports: Heathrow Airport, Luton Airport, Stansted Airport and Gatwick Airport.

Heathrow Airport Located only 23 kilometres west of Central London, Heathrow Airport (LHR) is the main international airport serving the city. The fastest way to get to the city centre is by taking the Heathrow Express (the earlier you book tickets, the cheaper they are). You can also get to the city by taking the metro (Piccadilly or Elizabeth line).

Luton Airport Luton Airport (LTN) is situated 45 km north of the city. To get to the centre you can:

• take the National Express shuttle bus , which runs 7 days a week, with 4 departures an hour during the daytime (50min journey)
• take a direct train from Luton Airport Parkway to Blackfriars, City Thameslink, Farringdon or St Pancras International (40min journey). Note that in this case you first have to take a shuttle bus from the airport to Luton Airport Parkway.

Stansted Airport Stansted Airport (STN) is 68 km northeast of Central London. To get to Liverpool Street Station, take the Stansted Express (trains depart every 30 minutes and take about 50 minutes).

Gatwick Airport Gatwick Airport (LGW) is located 47.5 km south of the city centre. The Gatwick Express takes 30 minutes to get to Victoria Station, departing around two times an hour.

Day trips from London

Warner brothers studio.

If you’re a Harry Potter fan, then you’ll want to make time to visit the Warner Brothers Studio. This is where all of the Harry Potter films were filmed. You’ll have the chance to see the original sets of the movies!

How to get to Warner Brothers Studio

• the easiest way is to take the Warner Bros. Studio Tour (more than 13,870+ excellent reviews), which will take you directly to and from the studio. The entry ticket is included in the price of the tour
• by public transport – you have to take a train from Euston (20min journey) or from Birmingham New Street (1h journey) to Watford Junction station and then a shuttle bus to the studio (15min journey)

Hampton Court Palace

Hampton Court is a must-see for everyone interested in the history of the Tudors . It was originally built in the 16th century for Cardinal Thomas Wolsey, the chief minister of Henry VIII. However, when Wolsey fell out of favour with the king, Henry VIII confiscated the palace. In fact, Hampton Court became the favourite palace of the king and it remained a royal residence until 1760.

Highlights include the Tudor Kitchens, the Great Hall and the infamous Haunted Gallery .

If you’re visiting in the summer, tickets are timed-entry, so book your Hampton Court skip-the-line ticket in advance.

How to get to Hampton Court Take a train from London Waterloo Station (WAT) to Hampton Court (HMC) – about a 40min journey. From there it’s about a 15min walk to the castle

Spend a day exploring the beautiful British countryside of the Cotswolds, an area known for its charming villages with stone cottages . Visit Bibury (the prettiest village in all of England) and the unchanged medieval towns of Burford, Bourton-on-the-water and Stow-on-the-Wold.

To explore the Cotswolds on a day trip from London, you need to rent a car. So, I’d recommend you book this Cotswolds Small-Group Tour , which will show you the best of the area in just one day.

Stonehenge and Bath

This Stonehenge, Bath & West Country Day Trip is a great option to see two popular destinations in one day. Especially if you’re not planning to rent a car.

You’ll discover the prehistoric monument of Stonehenge and the Georgian city of Bath , once the most famous hot springs in Europe. An entry ticket to Stonehenge and an audio guide are included in the price of the tour.

What to see next

If you’re visiting London as a part of a European trip, you can easily combine it with Paris. The capital of France is located just 3h away by train. For more information take a look at my perfect Paris itinerary .

How many days in London

Is 4 days in london enough.

If this is your first time in the city, I’d recommend spending 4 days in London. For 4 full days, you’ll have enough time to explore the most popular attractions without feeling too rushed. Also, plan your itinerary well in advance and book skip-the-line tickets.

Less than 4 days

If you don’t have 4 full days, spend less time in Soho and Covent Garden (not a whole afternoon). Also, choose between Sky Garden or London Eye, don’t do both attractions. You can skip Buckingham Palace if you’re not visiting during the summer (the only time when the palace is open for tourists) and Changing of the Guard is not a must-see for you.

3 or 4 days in London

Definitely 4 days, especially if you want to visit the famous royal residence, Windsor Castle, which is located outside the city. Also, if you’d like to experience Afternoon tea, plan a whole afternoon only for that. Keep in mind as well, that London is a massive city and you’ll spend a lot of time getting from one attraction to another.

Best time to visit London

Spring (April, May) and autumn (September, October) are the perfect time to visit the capital of the United Kingdom. The weather is warm and nice most of the time. London is one of the most visited cities in Europe, so if possible avoid the high season, which is in June, July and August.

In December the city could be really magical with all the Christmas lights and decorations.

Also, before booking your trip, check if an event like Fashion Week or a royal celebration is going on, as accommodation will be much more expensive during that time.

Faqs about visiting London

4 days in London is enough to see the most popular sights including Buckingham Palace, Westminster, Big Ben, Windsor Castle and the Tower of London. Just make sure you book skip-the-line tickets in advance or use London Pass.

For first-time visitors, I recommend spending 4-5 days in London. This will give you enough time to explore the city, see the most popular attractions, take a day trip to Windsor Castle and have an Afternoon tea.

May and September are the best months to see London. The weather is nice and warm and there are fewer crowds.

Most restaurants and cafes add a service charge to the bill, upward of 12%. In this case, there is no need to tip. However, if a service charge is not added, it’s customary to tip between 10% and 15%.

London’s tap water is generally safe to drink. However, keep in mind that some hotels’ bathroom taps could be fed from a tank and therefore the water could be used only for washing.

Pin for later

Follow now for exclusive content

About the author

Leave a Reply Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Name  *

Email  *

Add Comment  *

I accept the privacy policy

Post Comment

Please note that this post contains some affiliate links. If you click these links and go on to make a purchase we will earn a small commission at no extra cost to you.

DESTINATIONS TRAVEL ITINERARIES ROAD TRIPS BLOG

SUBSCRIBE ABOUT US CONTACT DISCLAIMER & PRIVACY POLICY

POPULAR DESTINATIONS

JAPAN AUSTRALIA SINGAPORE NEW ZEALAND

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER

© WhereYoureBetween.com – 2024

Cookies help us deliver our services – by continuing to browse this site, you agree to our use of cookies.

There's a World Out There. Let's Go!

Sign up to our email newsletter for a monthly(ish) dose of wanderlust

The Ultimate 4-Day London Itinerary

By: Author Tiana Thompson

Posted on Last updated: May 26, 2023

Categories Travel Guides , UK

Home » The Ultimate 4-Day London Itinerary

• 242 Share on Twitter
• 358 Share on Facebook
• 779 Share on Pinterest
• 279 Share on LinkedIn
• 549 Share on Email

If you only have 4 days in London, it can be tough to know what to see and do.

There are so many options and it can be overwhelming trying to make the most of your time in such a big city – especially when visiting London for the first time.

I’ve visited this historic city twice now and both times I was visiting for less than 48 hours each time. I still managed to see the most of what this beautiful city is about.

So if I can do London in two days, you can definitely do London in four!

With its rich history, diverse culture, and beautiful parks and streets, it’s no wonder that this city is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world. From iconic landmarks to historic buildings, from world-class museums to charming pubs, this itinerary covers all the bases.

No matter what your interests are, you’re sure to find something to love in London.

So whether it’s your first visit or you’re a seasoned traveler, follow this London itinerary to help you make the most of your 4 days in this city.

In this post, you'll find...

About London

London is the capital and largest city of England and the United Kingdom.

It is standing on the River Thames in the southeast of Great Britain, London has been a major settlement for two millennia (almost 2,000 years!).

London is a major tourist attraction, hosting upwards of 30 million visitors every year from all over the world. It is the world’s most-visited city as measured by international arrivals, and has the world’s largest city airport system measured by passenger traffic.

London is also one of the greenest cities in Europe, with almost 40% of Greater London being greenspace. This makes it a perfect place to enjoy a picnic lunch or just take a leisurely stroll.

Some of the best parks in London include Hyde Park , Regent’s Park , and Richmond Park .

Highlights of London

When it comes to food, London has something for everyone.

From world-famous Michelin-starred restaurants to humble street food stalls, you’ll never go hungry here. As one of the most diverse European cities, London’s cuisine reflects its multicultural population.

You’ll find everything from Indian curries to Italian pasta dishes, and everything in between.

And of course, no trip to London would be complete without enjoying a traditional English afternoon tea!

British history lovers in London will be spoilt for choice, with hundreds of museums and historical landmarks to explore. Some of the most popular include the British Museum , the Natural History Museum , the Victoria & Albert Museum , and the Tate Modern .

If you’re looking for a more unique experience, then be sure to check out some of London’s quirkiest attractions, such as the Cereal Killer Cafe , the Sherlock Holmes Museum , and the Churchill War Rooms .

If you’re a Harry Potter fan in London, you can also visit the Harry Potter Warner Bros Studios and Platform 9 3/4 at King’s Cross station. Here you can explore the sets, costumes, and props used in the films.

Whether you’re interested in exploring its history and culture, enjoying its food and nightlife, or simply taking in the sights, London truly is a city that has something for everyone.

Getting to London

Since it’s a major city, there are many ways to get to London.

If you’re coming from within the UK, then you can take the train, bus, or drive.

And if you’re coming from outside the UK, then you can fly into one of London’s airports.

You can usually find discount airfare if you book in advance and are flexible with your travel dates.

Depending on where you’re coming from, it might be easier to come by train.

You might want to consider taking the Eurostar train from Paris or Brussels. This is a high-speed train that goes directly from these cities to London’s St Pancras International station. The journey takes about 2.5 hours one-way.

It’s a much more pleasant way to travel than flying in my opinion, because it takes you directly to the city center.

If you’re arriving from outside of Europe, then you’ll most likely be flying into one of London’s airports.

The two main airports are London Heathrow Airport (LHR) and London Gatwick Airport (LGW) . Heathrow is the largest airport and is located west of London, while Gatwick is located south of London.

There are also a few smaller airports, such as Luton (LTN) and Stansted (STN), but these are mostly used by budget airlines.

Getting around London

Once you’re in London, there are many ways to get around.

The city has an extensive underground train system (usually referred to as “The Tube”) that is easy to use and covers most of Greater London. It’s also the most common way to get around the city.

You can also take the bus, but keep in mind that traffic can be heavy, so the bus might not always be the quickest option.

Navigating the tube in London is fairly easy, and there are plenty of maps and signage to help you find your way around. Tickets can be bought at the tube station from machines or from the ticket office.

I’d recommend downloading the app Citymapper , which will help you plan your route and give you live updates on the best way to get around.

If you’re planning on doing a lot of traveling, then you might want to consider purchasing a travel card, which allows you unlimited travel on all public transport in London for a certain period of time.

If you’re staying in Central London, then you may not need to use public transportation at all, as many of the main attractions are within walking distance of each other and you can probably walk to most of the places that you want to go.

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Tiana • Where Tiana Travels (@tianabaaaby)

For example, you can easily walk from Buckingham Palace to Westminster Abbey in about 20 minutes. London is a very pedestrian-friendly city, with plenty of sidewalks and crosswalks.

And if you’re feeling adventurous, then you can also rent a bike and cycle around London. Just be sure to stay aware of the traffic and follow the rules of the road!

If you want to explore beyond Central London, then you can take a day trip to one of the many surrounding towns and villages.

Some of the most popular destinations include Oxford , Windsor , and Bath . The best way to get here is by train, as the journey is quick and easy.

When to visit London

The best time to visit London depends on what you want to do while you’re here.

If you’re interested in enjoying the outdoors, then spring (March-May) or autumn (September-November) are the best times to come, as the weather is usually mild and pleasant.

Summer (June-August) is also a good time to visit, but keep in mind that it can be quite crowded, as this is the peak tourist season.

If you don’t mind chilly weather and you’re interested in saving money, then winter (December-February) is a good time to come, as hotel prices are typically lower and there are fewer tourists.

Just beware that the weather can be cold and rainy, so you’ll need to dress appropriately.

No matter when you visit, there’s always something to do in London!

Related read: How to visit London in one day on a day trip from Paris

Things to do in London

Like I mentioned, there truly is tons to see in London no matter what time of year you visit.

Here are just a few of the many activities and attractions that you can enjoy while visiting London:

• Visit the Royal Palace at Buckingham and see the changing of the guard
• Explore Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and other historic churches
• Take a ride on the London Eye Ferris wheel
• Walk across Tower Bridge
• Explore Trafalgar Square
• Visit the Tower of London and see the Crown Jewels
• Explore Kensington Palace and Hyde Park
• Visit Big Ben, the world-famous clock tower
• Check out the Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey
• Stroll along the South Bank of the Thames River
• Visit the famous London Bridge
• See a play at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre
• Visit Camden Market and Brick Lane Market
• Explore Notting Hill and Portobello Road Market
• Check out the street art in Shoreditch
• Visit Covent Garden, Piccadilly Circus, and Leicester Square
• Do some shopping on Oxford Street and Regent Street
• Take a day trip tour of Stonehenge
• …and much more!

As you can see, there’s plenty to keep you busy during your visit to London. You can easily spend weeks in this historic city and still not see everything that London has to offer!

You can browse through hundreds of London attractions, activities and excursions on GetYourGuid e 👇

If you’re planning on doing a lot of sightseeing, then I’d recommend buying a London Pass . This pass allows you access to over 80 of London’s top attractions, as well as free entry to many museums.

It also includes a hop-on, hop-off bus tour, which is a great way to see the city. The pass also comes with a guidebook, which has maps and information on all of the attractions.

You can purchase a London Pass by clicking here .

What to do in London – 4-Day London Itinerary

Day 1: sightseeing in london.

For your first day in London, exploring the city on foot and checking out all the major sites is a must. But first thing’s first – coffee!

London is home to tons of great coffee shops, so start your day with a delicious cup of coffee and some breakfast.

One of my favorites (and arguably one of the most popular in London) is Department of Coffee and Social Affairs . They have several locations throughout the city, so you’re sure to find one near where you’re staying.

Once you’re fueled up and ready to go, start your sightseeing tour by heading to Buckingham Palace to see the changing of the guard. This ceremonial event takes place every day at 11:30 am, so be sure to arrive early to get a good spot.

Afterward, wander around the grounds of the palace and take some photos.

Next, make your way to Westminster Abbey, which is just a short walk away. This Gothic cathedral is one of the most important churches in England and has been the site of many royal coronations and funerals.

Afterward, have lunch at a nearby pub or restaurant. My favorite is The George, which is located just across the street from Westminster Abbey.

In the afternoon, walk across Tower Bridge and visit the Tower of London. This historic castle was once used as a prison, but today it houses the Crown Jewels.

Be sure to also check out the Yeoman Warders (also known as Beefeaters) who live on the grounds and provide tours of the castle.

In the evening, grab dinner at a local restaurant. I recommend checking out Covent Garden, which is a popular area with lots of great restaurants and bars.

Then you can explore the neighborhood and do some shopping or people-watching.

Day 2: More Sightseeing in London

Start your day by taking the hop-on hop-off bus tour that comes with your London Pass. This is a great way to see the city and get an overview of all of the different neighborhoods!

Hop off at any of the stops that interest you and explore further. Some of my favorite places to visit are Piccadilly Circus , Leicester Square, and Covent Garden .

In the afternoon, visit Kensington Palace and Hyde Park. Kensington Palace is the official residence of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge, but it is also open to the public.

Explore the gardens and grounds there before heading to Hyde Park.

Hyde Park is an expansive green park and one of the largest parks in London. Hyde Park is a great place to relax, go for a walk, or go boating on the Serpentine Lake.

Day two in London is a great day to take a walking tour around the city. I recommend the London Secrets Guided Tour , which takes you to all of the hidden gems that most tourists never get to see.

This tour is a great way to see all the best places in London and learn about the history of London while also getting some exercise. You’ll pass by all the major tourist attractions and famous landmarks while your knowledgeable tour guide tells you all about them.

In the evening, have dinner at a local restaurant and then see a play at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre .

This open-air theatre is located just across the river from the Tate Modern art gallery. You can book tickets for a guided tour of Shakepeare’s Theatre by clicking here .

Day 3: Exploring London’s Neighborhoods

Today, you’ll explore some of London’s most popular neighborhoods.

Start by visiting Camden Market, which is a large market with over 1,000 stalls selling everything from clothes to food.

Next, stroll through the nearby neighborhood of Notting Hill, which is known for its cute pastel-colored houses.

Then, visit Portobello Road Market, which is the world’s largest antique market.

In the afternoon, head to Oxford Street and do some shopping. This is one of the busiest shopping streets in London and is home to many high-street fashion stores.

If you’re looking for something more unique, then explore the neighborhood of Covent Garden, which is full of independent shops.

In the evening, have dinner at a local restaurant and then go to a show at one of London’s famous theatres. The West End is home to many of the city’s best theatres, so be sure to check out what’s playing before you go.

End the night by grabbing a drink in Shoreditch, which is known for its hipster bars.

Day 4: Day Trips from London

There are many great day trips that you can take from London. You can get outside of the city easily by using the regional train system.

If you’re interested in history, then consider visiting Stonehenge or Windsor Castle .

For something more scenic, take the train to Bath and explore this beautiful Georgian city.

P.S. This guided full-day tour stops at Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath, so you’ll get a chance to see all three attractions in one day!

If you want to get out of the city for a day and explore some prestigious universities, take a trip to Oxford or Cambridge .

You can even spend a day in Paris on a one-day guided day trip to Paris !

Whichever day trip you choose, be sure to come back to London in the evening and enjoy a delicious meal at one of the city’s great restaurants. A really popular and well-rated restaurant is The Ivy , which serves modern British cuisine.

End your trip with a bang by going to see a musical or play in the West End.

London is known for its great theatre scene, so this is the perfect way to end your trip. Shows like Hamilton and Les Miserables are currently playing, so be sure to check out what’s on during your visit.

Where to stay in London

Best neighborhoods to stay in London

London is huge, so where you stay will depend on what you want to see and do while you’re here.

If you’re interested in doing a lot of sightseeing, then I’d recommend staying in Central London, as many of the main attractions are located here.

Some popular neighborhoods in Central London include Westminster , Kensington , and Covent Garden .

These neighborhoods tend to be more expensive in terms of hotels, but they’re close to many of the main attractions in London.

If you’re looking for a more local experience, then you might want to stay in one of the many other neighborhoods that London has to offer.

Some of my favorites include Shoreditch , Notting Hill , and Camden .

Staying here will give you a better sense of what it’s like to live in London, as you’ll be surrounded by locals rather than tourists.

No matter where you stay, there are plenty of great hotels, Airbnbs, and hostels to choose from ranging from luxury hotels to budget-friendly hostels. Just make sure to book ahead of time!

London can be quite expensive, especially during the peak tourist season.

Find accommodation in London

You can browse through over 100 hotels, hostels, resorts, and vacation stays in London here 👇

My top choices for hotels in London

Budget – St. Christopher’s Inn London Bridge ($)

For budget travelers in London, St. Christopher’s Inn is a great option. This hostel is centrally located, with easy access to the city center and multiple subway stations. It also has great reviews, with guests praising the cleanliness and helpfulness of the staff. You can check availability and current rates on Booking.com by clicking here .

Mid-range – Ibis Styles London Southwark ($$)

Located near Borough Market and the Tate Modern, Ibis Styles London Southwark is a great option for those looking for a mid-range hotel. This hotel has modern rooms and an on-site restaurant, making it a great place to relax after a long day of sightseeing. You can check availability and current rates on Booking.com by clicking here .

Luxury – The Soho Hotel ($$$)

If you’re looking for a luxurious hotel in London, then The Soho Hotel is a great option. This hotel is located in the heart of Soho, one the best neighborhoods of London, and features beautiful rooms, a rooftop bar, and a spa. Guests also rave about the helpfulness of the staff. You can check availability and current rates on Booking.com by clicking here .

What to pack for London

No matter what time of year you visit London, you’ll need to pack appropriately for the weather. In general, the city has a mild climate, but it can get quite chilly in winter and quite warm in summer.

I’d recommend packing layers that you can easily add or remove depending on the temperature.

If you’re visiting during spring or summer, then I’d also recommend packing a light raincoat or umbrella, as it does tend to rain quite often in London!

Other than that, just make sure to pack your usual travel essentials, such as your passport , travel insurance, etc.

And don’t forget to pack comfortable shoes, as you’ll be doing a lot of walking while you’re here!

London packing list

• Comfortable walking shoes
• Light raincoat or umbrella
• Layers for different temperatures
• Passport and travel insurance
• UK SIM card or travel phone plan
• Your usual travel essentials
• UK voltage converter
• Cash (British pounds)

Tips for a seamless London visit

1. Get an Oyster Card: This is a prepaid card that you can use to ride public transportation in London. It’s much cheaper than buying individual tickets and will save you a lot of time. You can purchase an Oyster Card at any Tube station.

2. Avoid using cash: Many places in London now accept contactless payments, so there’s no need to carry around cash. Just make sure to have your credit or debit card handy.

3. Get travel insurance: This is always a good idea, but it’s especially important if you’re visiting London, as the city can be quite expensive. Be sure to read the fine print of your policy carefully before you buy it.

4. Use Google Maps: London can be a bit confusing to navigate, so make sure to download Google Maps (or another GPS app) before you arrive. This will come in handy when you’re trying to find your way around the city.

5. Plan ahead: London is a huge city, so it’s important to plan ahead and figure out what you want to see and do before you arrive. This will help you make the most of your time in the city.

Absolutely! London is a huge city, and you can easily spend more than a week here without seeing everything. But with a little bit of planning, you can easily see the best that it has to offer in just four days. This London itinerary covers all of the essentials, from iconic landmarks and museums to lively markets and neighborhoods.

London can be expensive, but it doesn’t have to be. There are plenty of free things to do in London, and with a little bit of planning you can save money on activities, food, and accommodation.

The best time to visit London depends on what you want to see and do. If you’re interested in exploring the city’s many historical landmarks and museums, then spring or summer are ideal. But if you want to experience London’s lively Christmas markets and festive atmosphere, then December is the best time to go.

The best way to get around London is on the “tube”, the city’s underground train system. But you can also get around by bus, taxi, or on foot. If you’re planning on doing a lot of walking, then it’s worth investing in a London “Oyster Card”, which gives you discounted fares on public transport.

The currency in London is the British Pound (GBP). Credit cards are widely accepted, but it’s also a good idea to have some cash on hand for small purchases.

The official language of London is English, but you’ll also hear plenty of other languages being spoken. This is because London is a melting pot of cultures, with people from all over the world calling it home.

Whether or not you need a visa to visit London depends on your nationality. citizens of the UK, US, Canada, and most European countries do not need a visa. However, citizens of other countries may need a visa, so it’s best to check with the British embassy or consulate in your country before you travel.

There is no definitive answer to this question, as everyone’s list of the best things to do in London will be different. But some of the most popular attractions include Buckingham Palace, the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, and St. Paul’s Cathedral.

Thanks for reading!

Thanks for reading, I hope you found this London itinerary helpful!

If you’re planning a trip to London, then make sure to save this post for later. And if you found it helpful, then please share it with your friends! Don’t forget to follow me on Facebook, Instagram, and Pinterest to keep up with my travels!

Hey, I’m on Youtube too!

If you haven’t heard, I’m currently documenting my life as an international student living in Paris and my travels all over the world on my Youtube channel . Be sure to check it out and subscribe for travel videos of all the places I visit!

Pin this post

Hi, I’m Tiana – founder of and author here at Where Tiana Travels. I’m a 20-something with a love for all things travel, photography, and food. I have been living abroad for the past 5 years and solo traveling the globe in my free time. I created this blog to share my travel stories and inspire other women to go out and see the world. Read more about me here!

• 460 Share on Facebook
• 70 Share on Twitter
• 233 Share on Pinterest
• 89 Share on LinkedIn
• 213 Share on Email

• NEW: Submit your Testimonial

4 Days London Itinerary to have a perfect Trip (without rushing it)

After how many visits can you authoritatively claim that you have seen the better part of London?

Well, anything from 4 days will be a good starting point, although you may have to come back over and over again in order to tour the city inside out. You need time to see its iconic infrastructure, tourist attraction sites, ethnic eateries, and beautiful and diverse neighborhoods.

If you have the time and resources, staying in London for a week or even a month would be okay.

But because we understand that this may not always be possible, let’s look at the bare minimum: 4 days.

Read this guide to where to stay in London . It will help you pick the right accommodation based on your budget and preferred location.

What can you do in London within 4 days in order to have the perfect trip?

For the purposes of this itinerary, we will assume that you arrived in London yesterday and that our first day will start right from when you wake up.

If you are planning to spend the trip on a low budget, exploring the city on foot is ideal. However, initially, you should start off by booking a great hostel.

The top hostels in London are:

• Hostel One Notting Hill  – best for backpackers
• Destinations Hostels @ The Gallery  – best for a very British atmosphere
• Wombats City Hostel London  – best for solo-travelers

Read: full guide to 3 best hostels in London

We highly advise that you explore most of the city on foot by taking advantage of the free walking tours , as they provide a better opportunity to get closer to the real city culture. You can also find unique tours in London with Walks of Italy and Airbnb Experience .

Now let’s get to the real experience you can get for 4 days in London.

Day 1: The City of London

Starting from the St. Paul tube station, you will be able to see most of London City on your first day.

You will need to be at the station by at least eight in the morning so that you can enter St. Paul Cathedral when it opens at 9.30am.

In there, you will see the Duke of Wellington monument, the Stone and the Golden galleries, and other key chapels.

After like an hour in the cathedral, take your leave and head to the Tower of London where you will see the Millennium Bridge where the legendary Harry Potter movie was filmed.

Before noon, you should be fully acquainted with British history at the Tower of London, cross over to the Tower Bridge where you will take the best pictures of the city, and enjoy watching the Crown Jewels.

You are just in time for lunch at Borough Market, London’s biggest food market.

All the traditional and multicultural foods are found here.

After your lunch head out to Covent Garden for some live street performances, Hyde Park for leisure walks and some boating, and the West Yard for your dinner.

Day 2: The Museums

Start your itinerary at the Museum of Natural History, Victoria and Albert Museum, and British Museum.

Did you know that Natural History and the British Museum are totally free?

It is incredible how much will learn in regards to the history of mankind, the animal kingdom, and space exploration. You will also have the chance to enjoy some British breakfast at the Museum of Natural History café.

By the time you are done with the two museums, it will be lunchtime or thereabout.

If you are planning not to spend so much on this trip, there are several options for you. Try out the ethnic food, which involves kebab shops, whereby you can eat and have a drink for no more than $10.

Additionally, if you have booked a hostel with a kitchen, preparing something for yourself on the go would save you quite some money.

Get some food as you prepare for some afternoon shopping at Carnaby or Oxford Street.

You will then close your day by having a cool dinner at Opium Dim Sum.

Day 3: Indulge in British Royalty

Start your day at the Buckingham Palace, the home to British royalty for over 170 years and the home to the current Queen of England, Queen Elizabeth II.

Be there by 10.30am in order to witness the changing of the guard ceremony at 10.45.

If you are visiting during the summer, you will be allowed to book a ticket into the 775 royal rooms. However, you can also gaze it from outside and enjoy the guard ceremony and save up your money.

Before heading for lunch, you can take a stroll in the very beautiful St. James Park, visit the 1000-year old Westminster Abbey, ride the London Eye, and cross over to the Westminster Bridge for some photos.

It is now time for lunch and some afternoon tea at Wallace, the cheapest joint in the neighborhood but with impeccable foods.

More the coffee type? Find here 10 cute coffee shops in London .

After that, you can choose to try some London Pubs or take an afternoon tea river cruise .

Day 4: A Tour to the Outskirts

We made it to day 4 on our London itinerary. London boasts of suburbs that would easily pass as smaller cities.

Start your day in one of these small cities- Greenwich- and enjoy the many amenities it has to offer. It has parks, pubs, and restaurants that aren’t as crowded as those in the city.

Here, you will learn everything about the Meridian line and how it affects time all over the world.

You will also enjoy some time in the Cutty Sark and the east and west hemispheres.

For your lunch, try the local delicacies in one of the Meridian restaurants.

After lunch, you can opt to take a bus to the Chislehurst to see the Chislehurst Caves or go ice skating, or scale the O2 concert arena.

Bottom line

London has too much to offer. With time and a flexible budget, you will have too much to do within four days. And who knows, you can even choose to extend to a 5th or 6th day, or more.

BONUS TIP: THE BEST MARKET

Don’t forget to visit during your stay the best market in London: Borough Market

I spent my first few months in London going to every market I could.

There are a ton of them, and they range from:

• the touristy: Spitalfields, Camden
• the not-so-touristy: Petticoat Lane)
• the posh: Portobello
• the uber-posh Greenwich

They are all worth going to.

But Borough Market is the best, and the most deserving of your repeat business. The reason is that the food at Borough Market is insanely good, and, for a market that’s literally under railroad tracks, it’s surprisingly beautiful.

It also fits nicely into our perfect one-day walking tour of London.

Budgeting your 4 days London Itinerary

One of the greatest trouble is choosing the right monetization for daily spending.

According to research, the average daily spent by real travellers in London is 90£ .

This reflects what everyday travelers tend to spend in the city of London:

• Eating Out: £40
• Entertainment (bars, tours & attractions): £28 per day
• Transport: £13 per day
• Shopping: £40 (but you wouldn’t go shopping every day)

This puts the average cost of a trip to London for a week at around £500-650.

We haven’t gone high-end and we haven’t gone “living-on-a-shoestring” either. Think, most of the major attractions, a few cab rides, maybe a big night out, and a bit of shopping on the side.

Those numbers don’t include the cost of accommodation or car hire as these are often booked in advance.

On our proposed itinerary, we dropped that daily budget!

With some tips for transport and taking advantage of the free museums and attractions, you could

Travel on a budget and in style for £40

Of course, this budget might increase if you add more activities.

London would be nothing without its attractions: bars, museums etc.

Most travellers coming to the capital tend to gravitate to the center of town for their entertainment fix.

It’s worth remembering that whilst the West End (Soho) has a great buzz, places like Angel, Notting Hill, Camden, and Dalston are great alternatives with tons of great bars, fringe theater, and other things going on.

For example:

• The London Eye (at Airbnb Experience ): £27
• Sherlock Holmes Experience : £12
• British Museum: Free
• Southbank Centre: Free
• The Comedy Store, Leicester Square: £17
• Evensong at St Paul’s Cathedral: Free
• West End Show: prices vary

Tips for visiting London on a budget

Decide what time of year to visit london.

London weather can be quite unpredictable. Londoners are known to regularly carry sunglasses and umbrellas throughout the year.

But London weather is never so extreme as to detract from all the great things to do in the city, and the major attractions are not seasonal.

The city sees a large increase in visitors in July and August (the hottest time of the year, usually). The shoulder seasons (outside the main school holidays in spring/fall) can be a great time to visit if you’re looking to avoid the crowds.

There are school holidays in February, Easter, August, October, and at Christmas.

Travel Document Requirements for London

All overseas visitors will need a passport when traveling to London and some visitors will need a visa. US citizens are encouraged to register any overseas travel with the US Department of State.

Arriving in London

You can get to London by air, rail, road, or ferry.

Obviously, where you are traveling from and how much time you have will influence your transport options.

Need a flight?

Check out our latest booking flight hack and score the best prices.

Public transportation

Public transportation is great. The prices are fairly reasonable for buses and the tube. Just remember that there is NO cash on buses!

An Oyster Card is your best bet and could save you up to 50% when compared to a single ticket. The daily cost maximum is £4.40 per day if you’re only using buses and trams AND use the same card for payment each time.

If you were using single tickets or multiple forms of payment, you wouldn’t benefit from this daily maximum.

You could also use a contactless card, but read the guidelines for this option first to ensure your credit card qualifies.

Not only are there peak times of the year to travel to London, there are also peak times of the day to travel within London on public transport.

Peak times are Monday to Friday from 6:30am to 9:30 am and from 4pm to 7pm. If you use public transport to travel outside of these times, you’ll save as the off-peak rate is much cheaper.

Cars drive on the left so make sure to look the appropriate way when crossing the street!

We also don’t suggest trying to drive in London. Driving outside of the city is fine, just avoid London if possible.

A bonus tip to save money and get fast entry access into attractions is to purchase the London Pass .

It’s an all-inclusive sightseeing card, that grants pass holders free entry to the top London attractions.

There are 5 duration to choose from (1, 2, 3, 6 & 10 days) and pass holders can enter as many of the tourist attractions included on the pass that they wish to, without paying.

The key benefits of The London Pass are:

• Free entry to 60+ attractions (including Tower of London, Kensington Palace, Westminster Abbey…)
• Fast track entry to popular attractions
• Free hop on hop off bus tour
• Added Oyster Travelcard option
• Free 160+ page guidebook
• Money back guarantee
• Additional special offers

There is never a good reason to take a cab

The Underground is really easy to navigate, and if it’s late, you can just take the buses.

Buses might be hard to navigate sometimes, and it can be a pain if you’re going from, say, Brockley to Liverpool Street Station while drunk at five in the morning and have to transfer twice, but they are a tenth as expensive as cabs, and the top of a double-decker is actually a pretty great way to watch the sunrise over the London skyline.

Things to know before visiting London

Know the lingo.

Yes, the Brits speak English, but all countries have their own slang and unique terms.

Let’s make an example:

Money – You will usually hear the British say “pee” rather than pence, as in 25p (25 pee). You might also hear a pound referred to as a “quid”, a five pound note as a “fiver” & a ten pound note as a “tenner”.

A few more terms that you have likely heard but are worth noting:

• Loo = bathroom (toilet is also acceptable)
• Cheers = thanks
• Lift = elevator
• Queue = line
• Bin = trash
• Boot = trunk (used in the context of a car)
• Fag = cigarette
• Cashpoint = ATM
• Trainers = tennis shoes
• Zebra Crossing = Pedestrian Crossing
• Chemist = Drug Store
• Biscuit = cookie
• Chips = french fries
• Crisps = chips
• Ground floor = first floor
• Petrol = Gas

Football games

Yes, our 4 day London itinerary covers this as well: Go to a football game, even if you don’t give a crap about football

The songs they sing alone make the experience worth it.

It is not like any sporting event I’ve gone to in the US.

And seeing soccer players up close may actually give you some appreciation for the huge amount of athleticism and skill you need to play the beautiful game.

Secret bars in Shoreditch

Shoreditch is one of London’s trendiest neighbourhoods.

Filled with an array of amazing bars, secret hangouts and hidden clubs, this place is the perfect place to visit for a night out.

Take a wander and discover this unique bars that are often hidden from view… or even need a password to gain entry!

Currency – Pounds or EUR?

London’s official currency is the British pound.

As for tipping, some restaurants and cafes may add a service charge to the bill, upward of 12 percent. If a service charge is not allotted, it’s customary to tip between 10 and 15 percent, especially if you’re in a restaurant.

If you’re drinking at a pub or wine bar, tipping is discretionary.

And in a cab, tip the driver to the nearest pound or about 10 percent of the cost.

Major credit cards are accepted at most restaurants and shops.

London is generally a very safe city; however, travelers should take note of several safety tips:

• Official cabs

The U.S. State Department advises tourists to only use London’s licensed black cabs. Unlicensed cab companies and private cars posing as taxis have been known to rip off, mug, or even assaulting customers. To be safe, travelers should call the taxi company and hire a car directly (hotels can help arrange transportation as well).

• Pickpockets

Travelers should also be wary of pickpockets.

Like any big city, London has pickpockets. They always tend to target tourists on the Tube or at popular attractions like nearby the Big Ben tower.

Culture & Customs

Aside from a few select phrases and words, Americans find the city accessible because of London’s official English language.

British people are very polite and quite friendly to tourists, so don’t be afraid to ask for directions if you’re lost.

More often than not Londoners are happy to point you in the right direction, or even offer a recommendation about their city.

But keep in mind that the British like order.

There is no better example than how you are expected to behave on the Tube (London’s subway). Make sure to stand to the right when going up or down escalators.

The other side to the Brits, especially among the young adults, is their penchant for drinking.

Unlike coffee shops in the U.S., pubs are the prime watering hole for the Brits.

Most pubs serve meals and are open the majority of the day, so don’t be alarmed if you see people walking in with young children.

Once 5 o’clock rolls around, the hunger for a post-work pick me up is rampant in London, and pubs, as well as bars, tend to fill up throughout the week. Expect to see hordes of people congregating outside pubs in the warmer months and some stumbling out nightly at around 9 p.m.

Also, since London is one of the fashion capitals of the world, you’ll see locals dressed to the nines throughout the city but especially around Oxford Street, where many fashion houses and publications are located.

If you ever wanted to go the extra mile with your style game, London is the place to do it.

Day trips from London

One of the best things about London is how easy it is to leave London.

I love London to death, but I wish I’d known earlier just how many cool things are within a short train ride of London.

Brighton, a truly beautiful seaside town, is only an hour away by train.

Cute, extremely British towns like Windsor and Henley-on-Thames are a short train ride away.

Even doing a quick overnight in Edinburgh is extremely doable (though to be honest, you’ll want to spend more than a day there).

The UK is much easier to travel around than the United States, and, if I could do it all over again, I would’ve skipped spending another day on the South Bank of the Thames, and would’ve gone out and explored more of the country.

Summary 4 days in London Itinerary

So, enough ideas and information for your perfect 4 days London itinerary? Obviously, you can stretch these 4 days as well to 5 or even 7 days in London. We hope so as we gave you really good ones in this article.

Still need some additional information?

Check our articles about London:

• Best hostels in London
• 62 Free things to do in London
• 31 Fun things to do in London

Also, if you are looking to splurge in London, what about staying in a cute boutique hotel in London ?

That might increase your daily budget, but we gave you many ideas to save money…

Safe travels, The Hostelgeeks

– – – pin it now, read it later

We are 100% Independent: Some links on Hostelgeeks are so-called affiliate links. If you decide to book through these links, we earn a small commission at no extra cost to you . Your support allows us to keep producing high-quality, independent content free of influence from hostels or external advertisers. Learn more here . 🙏

✏️ Read our Editorial Guidelines

I recommend spending three to four days in London, especially if it is your first time there. There is so much to do and see that it can be exhausting, so I recommend adding one more day to your itinerary than you think you will need. Three to four days in London should be enough time to see most of the major attractions. Summer is a pleasant time to visit London, with a mix of rain and sunshine. Temperatures range from 13 to 30 degrees Celsius. This is an ideal time to visit London, go sightseeing, and enjoy many music festivals as well as outdoor attractions such as its beautiful parks, gardens, and rooftop bars.

Thanks for this additional info, Travel Pro! Absolutely agree!

Safe travels, Matt

This is indeed the perfect trip! I will definitely use your tips for my upcoming trip to London. Thank you for sharing!

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Send me the smartest newsletter from Hostelgeeks.

London in 4 Tagen: Reiseroute + Meine besten Tipps

4 tage in london: die beste reiseroute + unterkünfte.

Du planst einen 4-tägigen Aufenthalt in London und bist auf der Suche nach den besten Must-See Attraktionen und Unterkünften?

Dann bist du hier genau richtig!

Um dir bei der Planung deines Aufenthalts zu helfen , habe ich für dich diese 4-tägige Reiseroute in London zusammengestellt .

Während deiner Reise entdeckst du die wichtigsten Sehenswürdigkeiten der Stadt wie Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, Soho, Camden Town und vieles mehr!

Zusätzlich zu den besten Sehenswürdigkeiten und Aktivitäten gebe ich dir auch (wie immer in meinen Reiseführern) meine besten Tipps , sowie eine Liste mit den besten Unterkünften, für jedes Budget.

Also, was kann man in London in 4 Tagen sehen und machen? Wo befinden sich die besten Unterkünfte?

1. Der London Pass

2. skip-the-line tickets für londons beste touristenattraktionen, ein letzter tipp für einen perfekten 4-tägigen aufenthalt in london, b. westminster abbey, c. buckingham palast, d. trafalgar square/ national gallery, e. london eye, f. tate britain und/oder tate modern museum, a. st. paul’s cathedral, b. the city of london, c. tower of london, d. tower bridge, e. the shard, a. notting hill, b. natural history museum, c. hyde park, d. oxford street, f. piccadilly circus, g. covent garden, a. hampstead village, b. camden town, c. regent’s park, d. abbey road (optional), e. madame tussauds oder british museum, unterkünfte in london, london in 4 tagen mit kindern, noch mehr sehenswürdigkeiten in london, karte deiner 4-tägigen reiseroute in london, für 4 tage nach london fliegen: flugpreise, du reist in england herum diese artikel werden dir helfen, meine tipps um die warteschlangen in london zu vermeiden.

Da London eines der beliebtesten Reiseziele der Welt ist, ist es sehr nützlich zu wissen, wie man stundenlanges Anstehen an den ikonischen Wahrzeichen der englischen Hauptstadt vermeiden kann.

Jeden Tag strömen Tausende von Besuchern zum Tower of London oder zur Westminster Abbey.

Du stimmst wahrscheinlich zu, dass es nichts Ärgerlicheres gibt, als wenn deine Pläne für deine 4 Tage in London über den Haufen geworfen werden, weil du 3 Stunden mit Warten vergeudet hast!

Zum Glück gibt es 2 sehr einfache Lösungen , um diese Unannehmlichkeiten zu vermeiden und keine der Sehenswürdigkeiten zu verpassen, die du während deiner 4 Tage in London unbedingt gesehen haben musst.

Du fragst dich welche?

Dann lies schnell weiter!

Erste Lösung: Um (viel) Zeit und Geld zu sparen , während deinem 4-tägigen London Aufenthalt, solltest du den London Pass kaufen.

Diese Art von Stadtpass gibt es für alle touristischen Städte der Welt.

Mit dem London Pass erhältst du direkten Zugang zu den berühmtesten Sehenswürdigkeiten, ohne dass du erst anstehen musst, um deine Tickets zu kaufen.

Das Tolle daran ist, dass es sich um einen digitalen Pass handelt , d.h. du kannst deinen London Pass direkt auf dein Smartphone herunterladen und ihn am Eingang jeder im Pass enthaltenen Attraktion scannen .

Er ist zwischen 1 und 10 Tagen gültig (Dauer nach Wahl).

Dieser City Pass ist ein digitales Sightseeing-Credits-Paket: Die Gutschriften werden, bei jeder Besichtigung, abgezogen.

Der 4-Tage-London-Pass enthält zum Beispiel 515 Credits, was 515€ an Eintrittsgeldern entspricht, obwohl der Pass nur 147€ kostet!!!

Er ist zweifellos der umfassendste Pass, also ideal wenn du 4 Tage in London verbringst!

Was ist im London Pass enthalten?

• Zugang zu mehr als 80 Londoner Sehenswürdigkeiten : Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, Tower Bridge…
• Fahrt mit dem Hop-on-Hop-off-Touristenbus, mit dem du London ganz entspannt erkunden kannst, vor allem, wenn du London mit deinen Kindern besuchst oder nicht zu viel laufen möchtest.
• Ermäßigungen in bestimmten Souvenirläden
• Stadtplan mit Öffnungszeiten und Anfahrtsbeschreibungen zu den einzelnen Attraktionen

Um deinen London City Pass zu kaufen, musst du nur auf die folgende Schaltfläche klicken:

Als Alternative gibt es auch noch einen anderen Pass, den du kaufen kannst: Den London Go City Explorer Pass .

Dieser Pass bezieht sich auf die Anzahl der Attraktionen , die du besuchen möchtest. Du kannst also einen Pass für 2, 3, 4, 5 oder 7 Attraktionen kaufen .

Du kannst diesen Pass buchen, indem du hier klickst!

Um London in 4 Tagen zu besuchen, kannst du auch einzelne Skip-the-Line-Tickets kaufen.

Genau wie der London Pass ermöglichen sie dir den Zugang zu allen Must-See Attraktionen ohne Anstehen.

Diese Skip-the-Line Tickets sind verfügbar für die wichtigsten Sehenswürdigkeiten und Aktivitäten, die du während deines 4-tägigen Aufenthalts in London sehen und machen kannst.

Du findest jetzt hier , gleich im Anschluss, eine Liste mit Skip-the-Line Tickets für die wichtigsten Attraktionen, die ich in diesem Artikel erwähne (selbstverständlich, gebe ich sie dir auch wieder nach und nach in jedem Abschnitt dieses Artikels).

Um zu buchen, klicke einfach auf die Bezeichnungen der Attraktionen (orangefarbene Links) oder auf die grünen Schaltflächen , die du in diesem Reiseführer finden wirst.

• Westminster Abbey
• Wachablösung Buckingham Palace
• Tower Bridge + Tower of London VIP-Besuch
• Tower of London
• Schifffahrt auf der Themse
• Madame Tussauds Wachsfigurenkabinett
• St. Pauls Kathedrale
• Harry Potter-Themenführung – Toll, wenn du das Harry Potter-Universum magst!
• Hop-on-Hop-off-Doppeldeckerbus

Wenn du deine Reisedaten bereits kennst (oder sobald du sie hast!) , solltest du unbedingt deine Unterkunft im Voraus buchen .

London gehört zu den touristischsten Städte der Welt und die Hotels mit dem besten Preis-Leistungs-Verhältnis sind sehr schnell ausgebucht .

Als erfahrener Reisender kann ich dir versichern, dass ich die besten Unterkünfte immer dann gefunden habe, wenn ich mich so früh wie möglich darum gekümmert habe.

Es wäre doch wirklich schade, deinen Aufenthalt in London, in einem mittelmässigen, vielleicht sogar schlechten und teuren Hotel zu verbringen, nur weil du dich nicht früh genug um die Reservierung gekümmert hast, oder ? 😅

Also nimm dir gleich jetzt 5 Minuten Zeit, um einen Blick auf die folgende  Liste der Lieblingshotels der Reisenden in London zu werfen.

Und wenn dir eins besonders gut gefällt, dann nimm sofort deine Buchung vor!

Stornierungen sind oft kostenlos, schnell und  einfach ! Noch ein Grund mehr  also, um unnötigen Ärger (nichts Gutes mehr frei oder nur noch Zimmer zu überhöhten Preisen) zu vermeiden, nur weil du gezögert hast.

Um die besten aktuellen Angebote in London einzusehen, klicke einfach auf die folgende grüne Schaltfläche :

So, und nun wo du dein Hotel oder Apartment für deinen Traumurlaub in London gebucht hast, ist es an der Zeit, deine 4-tägige Reiseroute zu entdecken!

4 Tage in London: Die ultimative Reiseroute

So, und jetzt geht es los! Lass uns nun meine 4-tägige London-Reiseroute entdecken !

Ich gebe dir, für jeden Tag, alle Details die du benötigst für deine Besuche, zusammen mit einer Karte , um deine Orientierung in London zu vereinfachen. Kompletter geht es kaum! Dies wird dir helfen deinen Urlaub zu optimieren und einen stressfreien Aufenthalt in London zu geniessen !

Ich gehe davon aus, dass du 4 volle Tage in London verbringen wirst und dass du bereits deinen London Pass oder deine Skip-the-Line Tickets gekauft hast. Auf diese Weise verschwendest du keine Zeit mit dem Anstehen und kannst während deines 4-tägigen Aufenthalts so viele Sehenswürdigkeiten wie möglich besichtigen.

Wenn du nach dem Lesen dieses Artikels noch Fragen hast oder einfach Hilfe bei der Planung deines Urlaubs brauchst, kannst du mir deine Fragen im Kommentarbereich am Ende dieses Artikels stellen.

Also, was sollte man in London in 4 Tagen unbedingt besichtigen?

Tag 1 – Das historische Zentrum

Besichtigungen des 1. Tages:

A. Big Ben B. Westminster Abbey C. Buckingham Palast D. Trafalgar Square / National Gallery E. London Eye F. Tate Britain und/oder Tate Modern

Die beste Art, deine 4 Tage Reiseroute in London zu beginnen, ist sicherlich , dir das Hauptwahrzeichen Londons ansehen zu gehen.

Der weltberühmte Big Ben befindet sich im historischen Zentrum der Stadt.

Der 106 Meter hohe Elizabeth Tower (Big Ben ist der Name der Glocke im Inneren des Turms!) wurde 1858 am Ufer der Themse erbaut und beherbergt 4 Uhren auf jeder Seite des Turms.

Jede Uhr hat einen Durchmesser von 7 Metern!

Big Ben ist Teil des Palace of Westminster , besser bekannt unter der Bezeichnung „Houses of Parliament“.

Leider werden die meisten von euch dieses Gebäude nur von außen bewundern können, denn nur Einwohner des Vereinigten Königreichs dürfen das Innere des Elizabeth Towers besuchen .

Und sogar für die Einheimischen ist diese Besichtigung kompliziert. Sie müssen einen offiziellen Antrag stellen und die Warteliste ist sehr lang!

Setze deinen Besuch zu Fuß fort und gehe zur Westminster Abbey , die direkt neben dem Big Ben liegt.

Dieses historische Wahrzeichen ist der Ort, wo viele Könige und Königinnen gekrönt wurden (auch die aktuelle Monarchin Queen Elizabeth II).

Im Inneren der Abtei kannst du die Gräber vieler früherer Könige und Königinnen bewundern, darunter auch das Grab von Maria Stuart, Königin der Schotten .

Wenn du mehr über die Geschichte der Westminster Abbey erfahren willst, solltest du dir am Eingang einen Audioguide besorgen.

Der Audioguide kann für eine der verschiedenen angebotenen Touren konfiguriert werden : Eine kurze 30-minütige Tour, die Standardtour von 1 Stunde oder die „more fun“ Tour für Familien mit Kindern.

Wenn du planst Westminster Abbey während deiner 4 Tage in London zu besichtigen, solltest du dir unbedingt ein Skip-the-Line Ticket im Voraus kaufen , wenn du unnötiges Anstehen am Eingang vermeiden willst!

Wenn du den London Pass gekauft hast, ist der Eintritt inbegriffen. Andernfalls musst du ein Skip-the-Line Ticket kaufen , indem du auf die folgende Schaltfläche klickst:

Wenn du sicher stellen willst dass du dein Tagesprogramm einhalten kannst, solltest du die Westminster Abbey gleich an der Eröffnung morgens besuchen (wochentags 9.30 Uhr, samstags 9.00 Uhr und sonntags geschlossen).

Du kannst auch eine 2-stündige geführte Tour buchen, indem du hier klickst!

Jetzt geht es weiter zum Buckingham Palace .

Die königliche Residenz ist ein weiteres historisches Wahrzeichen, das du während deiner 4 Tage in London auf keinen Fall verpassen darfst!

Der Palast liegt etwa 1 km von der Westminster Abbey entfernt (etwa 15 Minuten zu Fuß).

Reisetipp : Gehe morgens dorthin, damit du dir die Zeremonie des Wachwechsels ansehen kannst!

Sie findet montags, mittwochs, freitags und sonntags statt.

Es ist eine beeindruckende Show, die Jung und Alt gleichermaßen begeistert : Dutzende von königlichen Wachen in ihrer Paradeuniform aus roten Jacketts und Bärenfellmützen marschieren hin und her vor dem Palast der Königin von England, zum Takt einer Militärband oder einer Trommel.

Die Wachablösung beginnt um 11.00 Uhr und dauert etwa 40 Minuten, aber du solltest so früh wie möglich an Ort und Stelle sein, um dir einen guten Platz zu sichern.

Diese Zeremonie zieht jeden Tag Tausende von Zuschauern an, du wirst hier also nicht allein sein!

Warnung: Die Wachablösung wird manchmal bei schlechtem Wetter abgesagt (und mit dem schlechten Wetter in London ist nicht zu spaßen!).

Zum Glück gibt es im Internet einen Kalender, in dem du nachsehen kannst, ob der Wachwechsel stattfindet.

Wenn du dir die Wachablösung ansehen gehst, kannst du es auch ausnutzen um den Buckingham Palace zu besichtigen.

Allerdings ist er nur 2 Monate im Jahr für die Öffentlichkeit zugänglich (normalerweise im August/September).

Wenn du die Möglichkeit hast, London in dieser Zeit zu besuchen , musst du deine Tickets rechtzeitig buchen , um sicher zu stellen dass du eine Eintrittskarte bekommst.

Du hast die Wahl zwischen 3 verschiedenen Tickets (klicke auf die orangefarbenen Links):

• Eintrittskarte für die Staatsräume , mit einem Audioguide in deutscher Sprache: Entdecke die Empfangsräume, in denen die offiziellen Zeremonien stattfinden
• Eintrittskarte für die Queen’s Gallery (sehr große Kunstsammlung)
• Eintrittskarte für die Royal Mews (Stallungen) , mit einem Audioguide in deutscher Sprache: Hier kannst du auch die Kutschen der königlichen Familie bewundern!

Wenn du die Parade der Soldaten der Königin zu den Klängen der Musikkapelle ausführlich genossen hast, kannst du jetzt deine 4-tägige London-Reiseroute fortsetzen mit dem Besuch des Trafalgar Square .

Zu Fuss bis dorthin braucht man in etwas 15-20 Minuten.

Spaziere durch den St. James’s Park, einen öffentlichen Park mit schönen Blumenbeeten, der sich direkt gegenüber des Palastes befindet, um Trafalgar Square zu erreichen.

Du wirst diesen berühmten Platz mit seinen 4 großen Statuen (schwarze Löwen) wahrscheinlich sofort erkennen. Es ist ein sehr lebhafter Platz, an dem du dir Straßenaufführungen ansehen und einen Happen essen kannst.

Wenn du schon am Trafalgar Square bist, solltest du es ausnutzen um auch die National Gallery zu besuchen.

Wie alle nationalen Museen in London ist der Eintritt kostenlos. Du hast also keine Ausrede, um eines der schönsten Museen der Stadt zu verpassen, das 1824 gegründet wurde und in der ganzen Welt bekannt ist.

Hier entdeckst du eine sehr umfassende Sammlung europäischer Gemälde, darunter Originalwerke von Van Gogh, Monet, Cézanne, Rembrandt, Picasso, Leonardo da Vinci und noch viele mehr.

Du kannst dir am Eingang einen Audioguide besorgen und dich dann für eine der verschiedenen Touren entscheiden, die vorgeschlagen werden (darunter auch eine einstündige Tour, die kindergerecht ist).

Die Öffnungszeiten findest du auf der offiziellen Website.

Nach dieser Kulturpause solltest du deinen 4-tägigen Aufenthalt in London mit der Entdeckung des London Eye fortsetzen.

Das bedeutet, wieder ins historische Zentrum zurückgehen! (Ein 15- bis 20-minütiger Spaziergang – Du kannst natürlich auch den Bus nehmen).

Das London Eye befindet sich nämlich am Ufer der Themse , ganz in der Nähe des Big Ben. Du hast es wahrscheinlich schon am Morgen gesehen! Wenn du in London bist, solltest du dir eine Fahrt mit dem London Eye nicht entgehen lassen: Das größte Riesenrad Europas ermöglicht dir einen unglaublichen Panoramablick über ganz London zu geniessen!

Mach dich bereit, in geräumigen, geschlossenen Kapseln, in denen bis zu 25 Personen Platz finden können, auf eine Höhe von über 130 Metern, aufzusteigen. Da sich das Rad sehr langsam dreht, dauert die gesamte Fahrt 30 Minuten.

Du musst dein Ticket für das London Eye im Voraus buchen, indem du auf die folgende Schaltfläche klickst:

Wenn du möchtest, kannst du dich auch für ein Kombiticket entscheiden, das ein gutes Preis-Leistungs-Verhältnis bietet: London Eye + Themse-Kreuzfahrt + Hop-on Hop-off Bus.

Um deinen ersten Tag in London kulturell ausklingen zu lassen, kannst du 2 weitere Londoner Museen besuchen. Beide sind zweifellos ein Muss während einer London-Reise!

Die Museen Tate Britain und Tate Modern liegen beide an der Themse , das eine am Nordufer und das andere am Südufer.

Ein Schuttle Boat ( Tate Boat genannt) verkehrt alle 30 Minuten zwischen den beiden Galerien , so dass du sie problemlos nacheinander besuchen kannst.

Tate Britain wurde 1897 eröffnet und beherbergt eine großartige Sammlung klassischer britischer Kunst . Hier kannst du vor allem Werke von Turner, Hogarth und William Blake bewundern.

Tate Modern ist hingegen, wie der Name es schon vermuten lässt, der modernen Kunst gewidmet.

Der Eintritt in die beiden Museen ist kostenlos. Die Öffnungszeiten findest du auf der offiziellen Website.

Wenn du London bei Nacht sehen willst , kannst du dein Besichtigungsprogramm anpassen : Besuche zuerst Tate Britain und Tate Modern und gehe erst am Ende des Tages zum London Eye .

Du kannst auch, wenn du mit deinem Besuch der National Gallery fertig bist, zum Embankment Pier an der Themse gehen. Nimm dort das Schuttle Boat bis zum Millbank Pier , der sich direkt neben dem Eingang des Tate Britain Museum befindet . Für das Tate Modern Museum musst du am Bankside Pier austeigen .

Nach dem Besuch der Museen nimm dann wieder das Tate Boat in die entgegengesetzte Richtung, um das London Eye zu erreichen. Wenn du dich gut organisiert, bist du bei Sonnenuntergang da!

Tag 2: Sehenswürdigkeiten und Aktivitäten in London

Besichtigungen des 2. Tages:

A. St. Paul’s Paul’s Cathedral B. The City of London C. Tower of London D. Tower Bridge E. The Shard

Die St. Paul’s Cathedral im Geschäftsviertel The City of London ist ein Muss, wenn du das Glück hast 4 Tage in London verbringen zu können.

Diese Kathedrale im Barockstil wurde im 17. Jahrhundert gebaut, um die alte Kirche zu ersetzen, die 1666 durch ein Feuer zerstört wurde.

Sehenswertes in der St. Paul’s Cathedral :

• Das wunderschöne Kirchenschiff
• Die geheimnisvolle Whispering Gallery und ihre unglaubliche Akustik
• Die Stone Gallery
• Die Golden Gallery und ihren fantastischen Panoramablick über die Stadt
• Die Krypta , in der sich die Gräber mehrerer berühmter britischer Persönlichkeiten befinden, darunter der Herzog von Wellington und Sir Christopher Wren, der Architekt der St. Paul’s Cathedral.

Der Eintritt zur St. Paul’s Kathedrale ist im London Pass enthalten.

Wenn du den City Pass nicht gekauft hast, kannst du dein Skip-the-Line- Ticket buchen, indem du auf die folgende Schaltfläche klickst:

Nach dem Besuch der Kathedrale solltest du noch ein bisschen im Stadtteil The City of London bleiben .

Londons Geschäftsviertel , das auch sein geografisches Zentrum ist, ist einen Besuch wert.

Schlendere durch die Straßen und bewundere das ikonischste Wahrzeichen dieses Stadtteils, ein ungewöhnlich geformter Wolkenkratzer, „The Gherkin “ (die Gurke oder „das Zäpfchen“, je nachdem, wen du fragst!😆)

Reisetipp : Steige auf den 155 Meter hohen Wolkenkratzer , der den Spitznamen „Walkie-Talkie“ trägt!

Wenn du deinen Platz im Voraus auf der Sky-Garden-Website buchst, kannst du einen fantastischen und kostenlosen 360°-Panoramablick über London vom höchsten öffentlichen Garten der Stadt aus genießen .

„Walkie-Talkie“ befindet sich in der Fenchurch Street 20 im Herzen der Londoner City.

Gut zu wissen : Es gibt nur eine begrenzte Anzahl an Plätzen pro Tag und du kannst nur 3 Wochen bis 1 Monat im Voraus buchen.

Der Stadtteil The City beherbergt auch den berühmten Tower of London .

Diese Festung, am Ufer der Themse gelegen (nicht weit von der Tower Bridge, deiner nächsten Reiseetappe) ist nur 15 Minuten zu Fuß von The Gherkin entfernt.

Der Tower of London, der 1066 erbaut wurde und zum UNESCO-Weltkulturerbe gehört, war einst eine königliche Residenz , diente aber auch als Gefängnis und Hinrichtungsstätte.

Heute ist diese Festung ein Museum, das der mittelalterlichen Geschichte gewidmet ist und sich vor allem auf die makabren Aspekte dieser Epoche konzentriert.

Geschichten über Hinrichtungen, die von Reiseführern in historischen Kostümen erzählt werden, eine geführte Tour durch die Folterkammer und andere blutige Details lassen dich in eines der dunkelsten Kapitel der Londoner Geschichte eintauchen.

Natürlich alles mit viel Spaß und einer Prise britischen Humors! Dieser Besuch ist auch für Kinder geeignet.

Jeden Tag kommen Horden von Besuchern hierher, um die Hauptattraktion des Towers zu sehen: Die Kronjuwelen. Hier kannst du die Kronen mehrerer Könige und Königinnen sehen , darunter auch die von Königin Elisabeth II.

Und versäume es nicht, einen Blick in die wunderschönen Gärten außerhalb des Towers zu werfen.

Geführte Touren starten alle 30 Minuten vom Haupteingang aus.

Reisetipp : Denke daran deine Eintrittskarten im Voraus zu kaufen , damit du keine Zeit in der oft endlosen Warteschlange verlierst!

Der Eintritt in den Tower of London ist im London Pass enthalten .

Du kannst deine Tickets aber auch separat kaufen, indem du auf die folgende Schaltfläche klickst:

Die Tower Bridge , die nächste Etappe deiner 4-tägigen London-Reise, befindet sich gleich in der Nähe des Tower of London.

Mit ihren 2 riesigen Türmen und dem himmelblauen Eisenwerk wirst du dieses Wahrzeichen der Stadt sofort erkennen!

Diese beeindruckende Brücke im gotischen Stil wurde im 19. Jahrhundert über die Themse gebaut und verbindet das Nord- und das Südufer Londons. Diese Brücke ist eine Klappbrücke: Sie öffnet sich, um große Boote durchzulassen!

Als sie gebaut wurde, war die Tower Bridge die modernste Klappbrücke der Welt.

Nimm dir Zeit , die Tower Bridge vom Ufer der Themse aus, zu bewundern. Du kannst, zum Beispiel, einen Drink oder eine kleine Mahlzeit zu dir nehmen (In der Nähe der Brücke gibt es zahlreiche Möglichkeiten zum einkehren) oder dich einfach nur etwas ausruhen (Besichtigungen sind ermüdend) und den magischen Augenblick (und Anblick) genießen!

Du kannst aber auch über die Brücke spazieren und … wenn es dich interessiert, sogar die alten Maschinenräume in einem der Türme besichtigen .

Und zu guter Letzt, wenn du Lust auf einen Adrenalinschub hast, dann solltest du dich auf die höchste Ebene begeben ! Dort oben kann man nämlich über einen gläsernen Steg laufen (Mach es nur wenn du schwindelfrei bist!) Du wirst das Gefühl haben, über der Themse zu schweben.

Der Eintritt zur Tower Bridge ist im London Pass enthalten .

Reisetipp : Am Fuße der Tower Bridge liegt der charmante kleine Hafen St Katharine Docks. Dieser schöne Ort lädt zu einem Spaziergang ein! Du kannst aber auch in einem der vielen Restaurants mit Blick auf die Themse etwas Kleines essen oder etwas trinken gehen.

Um deinen zweiten Tag stilvoll zu beenden, solltest du The Shard erklimmen! Der Panoramablick von dort aus ist atemberaubenden!

The Shard ist der Name von Londons neuestem Wahrzeichen, einem über 300 Meter hohen Wolkenkratzer , der nur 10 Minuten Fußweg von der Tower Bridge entfernt ist.

Es ist auch die höchste Aussichtsplattform in Westeuropa , von der aus du einen unglaublichen 360°-Blick über die ganze Stadt genießen kannst.

Neben dem spektakulären Panorama kannst du auch, auf den Multimedia-Displays, die sich in diesem Gebäude befinden , mehr über London erfahren.

The Shard ist auf jeden Fall einen Besuch wert!

Buche deine Tickets gleich hier, indem du auf die folgende Schaltfläche klickst:

Tag 3: Sehenswertes in London

Besichtigungen des 3. Tages:

A. Notting Hill B. Natural History Museum C. Hyde Park D. Oxford Street E. Soho F. Piccadilly Circus G. Covent Garden

An deinem 3. Tag in London begebe dich in den Stadtteil Notting Hill , der im Westen der Stadt liegt.

Dieser mondäne Teil Londons, der durch den gleichnamigen Film „Notting Hill“ berühmt wurde , wirkt eher wie ein ruhiges und elegantes Dorf. Wenn du ein Fan des Films bist, wirst du sicher einige der Drehorte wiedererkennen!

Dort kannst du wunderschöne Häuser mit pastellfarbenen Fassaden bewundern und zum Portobello Road Market schlendern (jeden Morgen geöffnet).

Dieser Markt ist eigentlich die Hauptattraktion dieses Stadtteils. Hier ist immer etwas los! Second-Hand-Kleidung, Vintage-Artikel, Antiquitäten , verschiedene Accessoires und sogar kulinarische Spezialitäten, es ist für jeden etwas dabei! Du wirst sehen, es ist ein schöner Ort zum Bummeln!

Wenn du die Möglichkeit hast im August 4 Tage in London zu verbringen , solltest du dir das jährliche Großereignis nicht entgehen lassen, das hier am letzten Wochenende des Monats stattfindet: Notting Hill Carnival, eine festliche Parade von über 5 km Länge zu den Klängen karibischer Musik.

Um nach Notting Hill zu gelangen, kannst du mit der U-Bahn bis zur U-Bahn-Station Notting Hill Gate fahren.

Und wenn du sicher sein willst, dass du nichts verpasst, solltest du diese geführte Tour buchen:

Nach deinem Vormittag in Notting Hill geht es weiter mit einem Besuch im London Natural History Museum , einem der größten und schönsten Museen der Stadt.

Mit dem Bus brauchst du etwa 20 Minuten, um dorthin zu gelangen.

Dieses Museum ist buchstäblich riesig und zieht jedes Jahr über 5 Millionen Besucher an. Es ist das meistbesuchte Naturkundemuseum in Europa!

Das gotische Gebäude, in dem die Ausstellungen untergebracht sind, ist von außen genauso prächtig wie von innen . Bei deinem Besuch entdeckst du außergewöhnliche Exponate und erfährst alles über Zoologie, Botanik, Vulkanologie, Archäologie, die Dinosaurier und vieles mehr.

Du kannst gar nicht alles auf einmal sehen , ausser vielleicht wenn du den ganzen Tag dort verbringst. Es gibt hier auch viele spielerische nette Aktivitäten für Kinder.

Du solltest maximal 2 Stunden im Museum verbringen , damit du noch genug Zeit für den Rest deiner Besichtigungen deines 3. Tages hast.

Wenn du London in 4 Tagen zu Fuß besuchst, wird es dir auch gut tun, zwischen deinen Besichtigungen, etwas frische Luft zu schnappen.

Warum also nicht ein wenig Grün im größten Park Londons genießen ?

Hyde Park ist einer der schönsten Stadtparks der Welt und der perfekte Ort, um ein Picknick zu machen , auf einer Terrasse zu essen oder einfach nur spazieren zu gehen.

Verpasse auch nicht eine der berühmtesten Londoner Kuriosität : Der Speakers‘ Corner . Jeden Sonntag halten anonyme Redner, in der Nähe des Marble Arch (im nordöstlichen Teil des Parks) einen Vortrag zu einem Thema ihrer Wahl (mit englischem Humor!) . Und da jeder seine Meinung geben kann, kommt es oft zu lebhaften Diskussionen und Debatten! Man muss es mindestens einmal miterlebt haben!

Wenn du gegen Ende des Jahres in London bist, kannst du den riesigen Weihnachtsmarkt im Hyde Park besuchen. Auch mit Kindern ein super Reiseziel! Denn i n der Weihnachtszeit gibt es hier auch eine grosse Kirmes (Winter Wonderland) und die größte Freiluft-Eislaufbahn des Vereinigten Königreichs !

Wenn du hingegen im Sommer in London bist, kannst du die zahlreichen Festivals und Konzerte genießen , die jedes Jahr in dieser Saison im Park stattfinden.

Nach dieser kurzen Pause im Hyde Park solltest du dich auf den Weg zur Oxford Street machen. Sie erstreckt sich von Marble Arch (im nordöstlichen Teil des Parks) bis hin zum St Giles Circus .

Diese 2,5 km lange Einkaufsstraße zieht Horden von Touristen an und kann mit der Champs-Élysées in Paris verglichen werden.

Hunderte von Mode-, Einrichtungs- und anderen Geschäften säumen diese Einfaufsstraße. Hier findest du die bekanntesten britischen Ladenketten wie Marks & Spencer, Primark, TopShop, River Island, Lush, The Body Shop, Mush, Primark, Urban Outfitters und noch viele mehr.

Wenn du die Oxford Street ganz durchgehst, erreichst du das Vergnügungsviertel Soho . Dieses Stadtviertel ist das Zentrum des Londoner Nachtlebens, der lebendigste Teil der Hauptstadt Englands. Zusammengefasst, ein sehr beliebter Ort für Londoner und Touristen, um abends auszugehen!

Dieses Viertel ist zwar klein, aber hier befinden sich zahlreiche Pubs, Theater, Restaurants, Kinos und Clubs . Also, noch einmal, perfekt um angenehme, unterhaltsame Abende zu verbringen.

Und das , jeden Abend! Hier ist für jeden Geschmack etwas dabei!

Du kannst dir sogar ein Musical in einem der vielen Theater ansehen – Verpasse nicht diese einzigartige Möglichkeit während deiner 4 Tage in London!

Wenn du das berühmte Musical „Les Misérables“ im Sondheim Theatre in London sehen willst, solltest du deine Tickets hier im Voraus kaufen.

Und wenn du lieber das nicht weniger berühmte „The Phantom of the Opera“ sehen willst, musst du hier buchen!

Wenn du etwas Besonderes in London unternehmen willst, solltest du die Harry Potter-Themenführung buchen.

Diese Tour beginnt in Soho: Von dort aus, führt dich dein (super netter) Reiseleiter zu mehreren der legendären Schauplätzen, die du in den Filmen gesehen hast , darunter Diagon Alley, Gringotts, Bahnsteig 9 3/4, Knockturn Alley und noch viele andere.

Und weißt du was? Diese Tour ist so gut, dass sie von GetYourGuide Originals zertifiziert wurde, was bedeutet, dass du eine volle Rückerstattung deiner Kosten erhältst, wenn dir die Tour nicht gefallen hat!

Um deine Harry Potter-Führung zu buchen, klicke einfach auf die folgende Schaltfläche:

Dein Spaziergang in Soho führt dich unweigerlich zum Piccadilly Circus , dem berühmten Londoner Platz, den du an seinen riesigen Werbetafeln, sofort erkennst wirst.

Man kann ihn als den Times Square von London bezeichnen. Auch hier herrscht ständig ein lebhaftes Treiben.

Geh nun weiter in Richtung Osten, bis du Covent Garden erreichst (10 Minuten zu Fuß vom Piccadilly Circus entfernt).

In Covent Garden befand sich früher der überdachte Markt von London, bevor er in den 1970er Jahren verlegt wurde.

Zum Glück blieb das wunderschöne Glasdach erhalten und das Gebäude beherbergt heute mehrere Geschäfte, Restaurants, Künstlerateliers und das großartige London Transport Museum.

Dieser Ort ist wirklich sehr lebhaft mit seinen vielen Straßenvorstellungen . Es ist der perfekte Ort, um deinen Tag auf angenehme Art und Weise zu beenden!

Tag 4 – Spaziergang durch London

Besichtigungen des 4. Tages:

A. Hampstead Village B. Camden Town C. Regent’s Park D. Abbey Road (optional) E. Madame Tussauds oder British Museum

Am letzten Tag deines 4-tägigen Aufenthalts in London und damit dein erster Eindruck der Hauptstadt Englands so komplett wie möglich ist, solltest du auch noch den Norden der Stadt erkunden.

Beginne mit einem Spaziergang in Hampstead Village , ein herrlich grünes und ruhiges Stadtviertel, das auf einem Hügel über London liegt. Hampstead Village ist, wie sein name es schon andeutet, ein ehemaliges Dorf , das seinen ganzen Charme bewahrt hat.

Dieses Stadtviertel zog im Laufe der Jahre immer mehr wohlhabende Londoner an, so dass Hampstead mittlerweike zu den gefragtesten Wohngegenden der Stadt zählt. Du wirst es selbst feststellen, wenn man in Hampstead ist, hat man das Gefühl die Stadt London verlassen zu haben und auf dem Land zu sein!

Malerisch und friedlich wie ein Provinzdorf lädt Hampstead Village zum Spazieren ein , in gepflegter und entspannter ländlicher Atmosphäre: Geschmackvolle blumengeschmückte Vorgärten erwarten dich hier , herrliche victorianische Häuser, aber auch zahlreiche Geschäfte, Restaurants und Cafés.

Nur 20 Minuten mit der U-Bahn vom Zentrum Londons entfernt, ist Hampstead Village wirklich ein großartiger Ort, um dem Trubel der Stadt zu entfliehen.

Setze deine Entdeckungstour im Norden der britischen Hauptstadt mit einer Tour durch Camden Town fort.

Im äußersten Norden Londons gelegen, ist Camden Town ein trendiger und untypischer Stadtteil, in dem Punks, Goths und Alter-Globalisten leben.

Entlang der Hauptstraße findest du exzentrische Klamottenläden, Piercing- und Tattoo-Salons und Second-Hand-Läden. Die Atmosphäre dort ist einzigartig!

Camden Town ist wirklich ein sehr lebendiger Ort, vor allem rund um den Camden Lock Market, der jeden Tag von 10.00 bis 18.00 Uhr geöffnet ist. Auch diesen Flohmarkt solltest du nicht verpassen, vor allem, wenn du zum ersten Mal in London bist.

Jeder Stand ist verrückter als der andere! Hier wirst du sicherlich versteckte Schätze ergattern!

Und bevor du diesen Stadtteil wieder verlässt, kannst du auch noch am Regent’s Canal spazieren gehen , Street Food aus aller Welt probieren und Live-Musik hören!

Reisetipp: Einfach eintauchen und die sehr spezielle Atmosphäre dieses londoner Stadtviertels geniessen!

Wenn du von Camden Town aus 10 Minuten zu Fuss nach Süden gehst, erreichst du Regent’s Park.

Regent’s Park ist bei weitem der schönste und blumenreichste Park Londons . Der 166 Hektar große Park gehörte einst der königlichen Familie und sollte ursprünglich (1811) mehrere prächtige Gebäude beherbergen, darunter einen Palast.

Aus Geldmangel wurde das Projekt nie fertiggestellt, und 1930 wurde dieser Stadtpark der Öffentlichkeit übergeben. Der Architekt, Mister Josh Nash, konnte jedoch die wunderschönen neoklassizistischen Villen bauen, die du rund um den Park sehen kannst.

Heute ist der Regent’s Park eine der schönsten öffentlichen Grünanlagen der Stadt, wo viele Londoner hin joggen gehen oder andere Sportarten in den herrlich angelegten Anlagen betreiben.

Es ist aber auch der perfekte Ort für Paare oder Familien, um ein Ruderboot oder ein Tretboot zu mieten , ein Picknick zu genießen oder einfach nur durch die Grünanlagen zu schlendern.

Außerdem gibt es hier einen Kinderspielplatz für die Kleinen, einen wunderschönen Rosengarten (Queen Mary’s Gardens – im Sommer nicht zu verpassen!) und zahlreiche Cafés und Restaurants.

Wie du siehst findet hier jeder sein Glück!

Wenn du ein Beatles-Fan bist, hast du dich sicherlich auf diesen Augenblick gefreut! Ja jetzt entdeckst du die berühmte Abbey Road , eine der bekanntesten Strassen im Vereinigten Königreich!

Abbey Road und ihr legendäres Zebra Crossing, das auf dem berühmten Cover des letzten Albums der Beatles (Titel Abbey Road) zu sehen war, liegt weniger als 2 km westlich des Regent’s Park. Tritt in die Fußstapfen unzähliger Fans und mach ein Foto auf dem Fußgängerübergang, genau wie auf dem Abbey Road Album der Gruppe.

Mach dich darauf gefasst dass du die Passanten und die Autofahrer verärgern wirst! Hier ist nähmlich immer dicker Verkehr! Gegenüber des berühmten Zebrastreifens befinden sich auch die Abbey Road Studios , in denen die Beatles das oben erwähnte Album aufgenommen haben, sowie ein Souvenirladen.

Ja, leider naht sich deine 4-tägigen Reiseroute in London schon ihrem Ende.

Es ist nun Zeit für deine letzte Reise-Etappe:

Um deinen Besuch in der Stadt zu beenden, kannst du dich für eines dieser beiden Museen entscheiden:

• Madame Tussauds Wachsfiguren Museum: 20 Minuten mit dem Bus von der Abbey Road entfernt und eines der meistbesuchten Museen in London.

Es ist ein bisschen wie das Grévin-Museum in Paris, nur schicker und größer!

Plane 2 bis 3 Stunden ein , um dich mit allen Berühmtheiten fotografieren zu lassen … oder besser gesagt mit ihren Wachs-Imitaten! Die meisten von ihnen sind unglaublich realistisch!

Du musst deine Tickets im Voraus buchen , indem du auf die folgende grüne Schaltfläche klickst:

• British Museum : Wenn du dich mehr für Kultur und Geschichte interessierst, ist dieses Museum , das 20 Minuten mit der U-Bahn vom Regent’s Park entfernt liegt, der perfekte Abschluss für deinen Urlaub.

Der Eintritt ist kostenlos . Hier erfährst du mehr über die Geschichte der Zivilisationen, vor allem dank der vielen archäologischen Relikte (darunter der berühmte Stein von Rosette).

Dieses Museum besitzt eine der reichsten Sammlungen der Welt mit mehr als 7 Millionen Exponaten.

So, jetzt weißt du, was du in 4 Tagen in London unternehmen kannst und wie du deine Reise optimal planen kannst , dank meiner zahlreichen Informationen und Reisetipps!

Vergiss aber auch nicht, vor deiner Abreise, deine Unterkunft zu buchen!

Leider (und es muss gesagt sein) sind die Preise für eine Unterkunft in London ziemlich hoch und es ist nicht einfach, günstige Hotels zu finden, vor allem im Zentrum Londons. Die besten Angebote werden immer schon Monate im Voraus gebucht.

Deshalb musst auch du, so früh wie möglich buchen , um die besten Preise zu erhalten!

Wenn du deine Reisedaten also bereits kennst, solltest du unbedingt deine Unterkunft gleich jetzt hier buchen.

Hier ist meine Auswahl der besten Hotels in London, je nach Budget.

• The Chamberlain: Ganz in der Nähe der Tower Bridge, des Tower of London und des Themseufers. Dieses Hotel im britischen Stil bietet gemütliche, komfortable Doppelzimmer ab 120€ pro Nacht, Frühstück 12€. Pluspunkte: Ein Smartphone wird zur Verfügung gestellt, die hervorragende Lage, das freundliche Personal und die bequeme Bettwäsche. Mein Favorit, sehr gutes Preis-Leistungs-Verhältnis!
• Hotel Indigo London – Kensington: Dieses Hotel liegt im Bezirk Kensington und Chelsea und ganz in der Nähe einer U-Bahn-Station. Gut ausgestattete, ruhige, einladende Doppelzimmer ab 200€, Frühstück ab 19€. Pluspunkte: De ruhige Lage, das gemütliche Ambiente, das freundliche lächelnde und effiziente Personal.
• Haymarket Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: 5* Hotel in der Nähe von Londons „Theaterstadtviertel“, nur wenige Minuten zu Fuß vom St. James Park und 15 Minuten vom Buckingham Palace entfernt. Wirklich komfortable, geräumige und ruhige Doppelzimmer ab 390€ pro Nacht, Frühstück 20€. Pluspunkte: Perfekte Lage, charmantes Personal und ausgezeichnete Bettwäsche. Die beste Wahl für einen romantischen Aufenthalt in London!
• The Soho Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: Ein Luxushotel im Herzen von London, 5 Minuten von der Oxford Street und dem Stadtviertel Soho und nur 10 Minuten vom Piccadilly Circus entfernt. Sehr geräumige Designer-Doppelzimmer mit prächtigem Dekor ab 500€ pro Nacht, Frühstück 29€. Pluspunkte: Die perfekte geografische Lage, die prächtigen Zimmer und das üppige Frühstück. Das beste Hotel in London für einen Luxusaufenthalt!

Wenn du nach einem Londoner Hotel suchst , das nicht zu teuer ist, solltest du dir die „Z Hotel“ ansehen. Man findet diese Hotel-Kette in verschiedenen londoner Stadtviertel und die Preise beginnen bei 60 € pro Nacht. Sie sind die beste Wahl für eine günstige Unterkunft in London.

• Z Hotel Shoreditch
• Z Hotel Gloucester Place
• Z Hotel City
• Z Hotel Victoria
• Z Hotel Piccadilly
• Z Hotel Soho

Wenn du planst, 4 Tage mit deinen Kindern in London zu verbringen , kannst du sicher sein, dass sie sich nicht langweilen und die meisten Attraktionen wirklich lieben werden. Möglicherweise musst du diese Reiseroute jedoch etwas anpassen , je nach Alter und Interessen deiner Kinder.

Wenn du mit deinen Kindern in London bist, kannst du folgendes machen:

• Verbringe etwas weniger Zeit in den Museen und mehr Zeit in den Parks (wenn das Wetter es zulässt). Gut zu wissen: Die meisten Londoner Museen kann man jedoch gut mit Kindern besuchen, denn viele bieten kurze, kindergerechte spielerische Führungen an.
• Tower of London ist, mit seinem mittelalterlichen Ambiente, zweifellos eine der Attraktionen, die deine Kinder am meisten lieben werden
• Fahrt mit dem London Eye: Deine Kinder werden das Gefühl haben auf einem riesigen Karussell zu sein.
• Wachablösung vor dem Buckingham Palace: Zufriedene Gesichter und leuchtende Augen garantiert!
• Familienmusical Abend in Soho: Auch eine super Idee mit Kindern!
• Bustour mit einem roten Doppeldeckerbus: Setze dich ganz oben hin mit deinen Kindern, und wenn du kannst, auch ganz nach vorne! Für Kinder ist diese Art von Fahrt ein echtes Abenteuer. Buche diese Doppeldecker-Hop-on-Hop-off-Bustour, indem du hier klickst!

Außerdem hast du die Wahl zwischen mehreren Themenparks: Shrek Adventure Tour (Dreamworks) , Legoland oder Kidzania.

Wenn du oder deine Kinder Harry Potter-Fans seid, kannst du auch einen Tag in den Harry Potter Studios verbringen , die etwas außerhalb der Stadt liegen.

Das ist wirklich ein magisches Erlebnis!

Die beste Tour beinhaltet die Eintrittskarte für die Harry Potter Studios und den Transport hin und zurück (ab deinem Hotel).

Du musst diese Tour buchen, indem du auf die folgende Schaltfläche klickst:

Wenn du meiner Reiseroute für 4 Tage in London gefolgt bist und noch mehr erkunden möchtest, solltest du auch meinen anderen Reiseführer mit den 20 besten Sehenswürdigkeiten un Aktivitäten in London lesen. Er wird dir helfen deinen Urlaub zu vervollständigen.

Für sofortiges Lesen, klicke hier : Top 20 London Sehenswürdigkeiten .

Vielleicht bekommst du sogar Lust, länger in London zu bleiben! Warum nicht 5 Tage oder sogar eine ganze Woche dort verbringen?

Damit du dir deinen Tagesablauf während deiner 4 Tage in London besser vorstellen kannst , habe ich diese Karte erstellt, auf der alle Orte verzeichnet sind, die ich in diesem Reiseführer erwähne.

Du kannst die Legende der Karte anzeigen, indem du auf die linke obere Schaltfläche, die mit einem kleinen Pfeil, klickst. Du kannst so die vorgeschlagene Reiseroute für jeden Tag einsehen.

Da die Flugpreise nach London enorm variieren, ist es ratsam, sie so früh wie möglich zu vergleichen. Du kannst u nseren Flugkomparator in Zusammenarbeit mit Skyscanner verwenden. Du stellst so sicher, dass du den besten Preis erhältst.

Wenn du nach der Lektüre dieses Reiseführers noch Hilfe bei der Planung deiner 4-tägigen London-Reise benötigst, zögere nicht, mir deine Fragen im Kommentarbereich am Ende dieses Artikels zu stellen.

Entdecke all meine Artikel über England : Meine besten Tipps, um deine Reise vorzubereiten!

Du benutzt Pinterest? Hier ist das Bild zum Anpinnen!

Schöpfer des Voyage Tips Blogs, Reise und Fotoliebhaber.

Related Stories

Die 25 schönsten Strände auf Malta und Gozo

Malta Sehenswürdigkeiten: Top 27 Attraktionen und Aktivitäten

Mailand in 4 Tagen: Reiseroute + Tipps

Discussion 2 kommentare.

Hallo, danke für die vielen Tipps. Zwei Fragen: 1. wenn ich den Londonpass kaufe sind die Eintrittspreise inklusive? 2. wenn ich den Londonpass habe muss ich trotzdem reservieren? Danke für deine Antwort Julia

Hallo Julia,

vielen Dank! Beim London Pass sind die Eintrittsgelder inbegriffen. Für einige der Besichtigungen und Attraktionen müssen Sie ein Zeitfenster buchen. Die Liste der buchungspflichtigen Attraktionen erhältst du nach dem Kauf des London Passes (ich kann sie dir nicht genau sagen, da sie sich oft ändert!)

Genießen Sie Ihren Aufenthalt in London!

Leave A Reply Cancel Reply

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Meinen Namen, meine E-Mail-Adresse und meine Website in diesem Browser speichern, bis ich wieder kommentiere.

• Naher Osten
• Nordamerika
• Billiger Mietwagen: mein bester Tipp
• Zurück zur Startseite

NEWS... BUT NOT AS YOU KNOW IT

This £25 London tour is officially better than ‘life-changing’ bucket list attraction

Share this with

Visitors to London are spoilt for choice when finding fun stuff to see and do, whether it’s a walk through Hyde Park or a visit to one of our incredible museums .

But one activity has beaten some extremely stiff competition to be named one of the best tourist attractions – not just in the capital or the UK, but across the globe.

Review site Tripadvisor recently released the winners its 2024 Travellers’ Choice Awards Best of the Best awards experiences, and Britain’s reputation as an in-demand destination is firmly intact with 11 UK entries featured in various lists. 

Our reputation as a nation who loves a trip to the boozer is also going nowhere, as Blighty was represented in the category of ‘top experiences’ by a good old-fashioned pub tour.

With a seriously impressive 5/5 score, the Small-Group Historical Pub Walking Tour of London came in 19th in the ranking, which takes into account the the quality and quantity of reviews posted on Tripadvisor over a one-year period.

To put this into perspective, the activity finished above Juneau Wildlife Whale Watching in Alaska – something described by user Chuckr684 as ‘life-changing’ – as well as the gorgeous Cappadocia Balloon Rides in Goreme, Turkey. 

The UK is known for its pub culture, but this historical tour of the capital leaves guests feeling especially satisfied according to the ratings; it’s recommended by 99% of travellers who gave it a score of four or higher. 

According to its official description, the tour gives visitors ‘a local’s perspective of London’ in small groups for half a day. There’s also an opportunity to try a range of local brews, see hotspots like St Paul’s Cathedral, Fleet Street, Prince Henry’s Room and Covent Garden, and hear stories over a pint for £25 per adult (although drinks must be purchased at your own expense). 

One US-based reviewer, Ctcurry23, gushed, ‘Only take this tour if you want a perfect afternoon in London,’ while MelissapX1299RI shared: ‘We had the most amazing day with our guide, and I highly recommend this tour for anyone looking for some history and fun!’

Experiences weren’t the only category where the UK shone either.

Latest London news

• How long is the heatwave going to last? The end is in sight already
• This posh neighbourhood is actually the rowdiest place in London
• 'Nobody helped' woman, 23, after she was assaulted and abused on the tube

To get the latest news from the capital visit Metro.co.uk's London news hub .

Alton Towers in Staffordshire finished 8th and The Milky Way Adventure Park in Clovelly, Devon, was 12th in the ‘amusement and water parks’ worldwide list, followed by Drayton Manor in Tamworth, Staffordshire, in 20th place. 

Although we don’t have the best reputation when it comes to cuisine, Scotland ensured we still garnered props in the ‘food and drink’ field. Edinburgh’s The Chocolatarium Chocolate Tour Experience finished in 4th position, above a local tapas and wine rooftop experience in Madrid and a Florence pasta class at a Tuscan Farm . 

Another in which we performed well was ‘water sports’, which included London’s High-Speed River Speedboat (10th) and the Whitewater Rafting Adventure in Llangollen (20th). 

Your Daily Horoscope

Saturn Retrograde will make you think twice about a decision – your sign's tarot horoscope

With all these options right on our doorstep, you might want to book your summer staycation now.

Tripadvisor's top travel experiences for 2024

• The Unvanquished Tour of Porto City Center, Portugal
• All-Inclusive Ubud Private Tour, Indonesia
• All-Inclusive Amsterdam Canal Cruise by Captain Jack, Netherlands
• Small Group Explore Angkor Wat Sunrise Tour from Siem Riep, Cambodia
• Chichen Itza, Cenote and Valladolid All-Inclusive Tour, Mexico
• Renaissance and Medici Tales of Florence, Italy
• Classic Inca Trail Trek to Machu Picchu, Peru
• Budapest Danube Cruise, Hungary
• Full-Day Ninh Binh Highlights Tour from Hanoi, Vietnam
• Snorkelling Between Tectonic Plates, Iceland
• Oahu Circle Island Tours, Hawaii
• Dubai Red Dune Desert Safari, United Arab Emirates
• Madrid Essential Tour, Spain
• Honolulu Xtreme Parasail, Hawaii
• History and Hauntings of Salem Walking Tour, USA
• Blue Cave Small Group Boat Tour from Dubrovnik, Croatia
• Dubai to Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
• Ultimate Island Jeep Safari, Aruba
• Historical Pub Walking Tour of London, UK
• Communa 13 Graffiti and Street Food Tour, Colombia
• Juneau Wildlife Whale Watching, USA
• Cappadocia Balloon Ride and Champagne Breakfast, Turkey
• Krakow to Xakopane Thermal Hot Bath Day Trip, Poland
• Zipline Cape Town from Foot of Table Mountain, South Africa
• Auschwitz-Birkenau Guided Tour, Poland

You can find the full list here .

Do you have a story to share?

Get in touch by emailing [email protected] .

MORE : London’s Tube network hit by severe delays

MORE : The most picturesque runs in the UK to tick off the bucket list

MORE : London weather: Heatwave to continue across capital and UK, Met Office says

Get need-to-know travel news, inspiration and advice from Metro every week.

Sign up here....

Privacy Policy

To the tall, sweet and handsome Pedro Pascal/Wagner Moura lookalike with…

To the handsome South Asian bearded man deep in thought reading a book and…

Enter your birthday for your free daily horoscope sent straight to your inbox!

Get us in your feed